Home

chapter 2

1. Figure 5 19 USB Cable Connection between Color Printer and Console 5 22 Section 5 6 Top Console LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 5 7 2 3 Cable Connection VCR Connect the cables listed below between the Sony VCR and the console REAR PANEL of VIDEO CASSETTE RECORDER RS232C CABLE Power Powor Power Circuit Breaker Figure 5 20 Cable Connection between VCR and Console Chapter 5 Components and Functions 5 23 Rear Panel off UPITER Ethernet GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 5 7 2 3 Cable Connection VCR Connect the cables listed below between the Pansonic VCR and the console Rear Panel off UPITER
2. Section 9 3 Renewal Parts Lists 9 8 Figure 9 4 COVERS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 Section 9 7 COVERS GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 9 7 COVERS conta Table 9 4 COVERS ee ee Part Name Number Description o e ee s Cw emm omm Cw e a ersnencoven e Ce eres mmm Ce eene e memes oem Ew gt e Chapter 9 Renewal Parts GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 9 8 BODY BLOCK Figure 9 5 BODY BLOCK 9 10 Section 9 3 Renewal Parts Lists GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 9 8 BODY BLOCK contd Table 9 5 BODY BLOCK Part Part Name Number 1 REARHANDLE HANDLE 230016 6 PLASTICBAR BAR REAR PANEL ASSY 2300019 110V For US JPN IE REAR PANEL REARPANELASSY 2337035 220V For Europe EM oe gas spring including
3. LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 Section 5 3 Block Diagram cont d Buffer 12 Bits ADC RDS Assy ASSY Contrd Memay Buffer 12BitsADC Buffer 12 Bits ADC Y FLASH Memory ADDER Harmonic Filter comso Data Buffer 12 Bits ADC Line Bufer amp M 5 5 FPGA i SH4 H usc f KI CONTROL Scan Cont Buffer 12Bits ADC 709 190 Buffer 12Bis ADC Buffer PCI IF SH PCIBUS Buffer 12 Bits ADC Memay H i2eits anc PGC Sigrd 7 vone crea conva Gen Clock Gen Cit Referene PC2IP Board HV Assy RS232 MODEM AGP Video Card VIC Card Main Sound Card 512MB y Sal CPU Chipset EIDE P4 HDD USB CWDOP Assy Option ECG RJ 45 MOD CDRW Figure 5 3 LOGIQ 5 System Block Diagram cont d Section 5 3 Block Diagram GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 5 4 Front End Figure 5 4 The Front End The Front End generates the strong burst transmitted by the probes as ultrasound into the body It also receives weak ultrasound echoes from blood cells and body structure amplifies these signals and converts them to an digital signal The digital representation of this signal is presented
4. Assy preda Od 10024 1 KK y Vv anos Assy 21 er eir O9PIA NYT 0 dizOd E E 497 94 MOTISA N33H9 z s cp 8 AMS gt 888 ii qo 8 SdNS xiv NMOH er 2 8 SS eur e TY HY Sty EE 2 8 m 5 1 1n 2 JO k gt ap Assy O 5 0LLOV he A T3 55 ol 00 UP ei t Sonon T E 1 Prinoo ans av A AX AN Assy HH O 9 i 94 9 lt a 4 we et E ano IWAS ri m dove K 1 gon OM a 5194 54 um Sd aah NU WY OR S are Li dpd t J419 zezsu 1 9 c emi i waya O a gt a ano 22 1 mes ansu er 1 5 ul d zor gt c joo a T r4 TI AOLL Ajo G1 H VS A001 i OF EG
5. veut prid 8 104 Loading Applications Software 8 105 Standard Configurations and Functional Checks for LOGIQ 5 Software 8 108 Mandatory Drivers EDI 8 115 Multimedia Video Controller 8 115 Multimedia Audio Controller 8 120 GEMSK Multimedia Device 8 124 bata aha Ite 8 125 ImagePon2 ERE 8 126 PCAP sa d SEC OBEN E De naa pd dca DE EN p PE Tias 8 127 USB Human Interface 8 128 Jupiter Human Interface 8 132 Install Video Controller VGA Compatible 8 133 Install Video Controller After system reboot 8 136 Optional Drivers MEE Em 8 142 Changing Re mapping Drive Letters 8 142 Modem InSite amp iLing User Only 8 147 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 DMC User Only 8 149 USB Printer USB Printer User Only 8 151 CHAPTER 9 Renewal Parts du Dive ae nh 9 1 Purpose of 9
6. GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 10 5 1 Check Software Version and BEP Type cont d Image Part Number 4 472 972 4 475 Figure 8 200 Check and Software Version Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 169 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 10 5 2 Check BEP Type with BIOS Boot Logo Image NOTE On booting the system BIOS Boot Logo Image shows which BEP type is used BEP Type Boot Logo Image BEP2 2377598 GE Medical Systems 06 Ultrasound LOGIQS Loading BIOS Rev 2 0 2 2393964 5 GE Medical Systems dU Ultrasound LOGIQS Loading BIOS Rev 3 0 BEP3 5132191 GE Medical Systems 6 Ultrasound LOGIQS Loading 8 170 Section 8 10 Software Loading Procedure GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 10 5 3 Saving Connectivity Before starting upgrade write down the Connectivity Setting for back up 1 Touch Utility gt Connectivity on the touch panel and click the Tcpip tab 2 Write down the following parameters Computer Name Descriptions Entry for Stand Alone System __ LE E fT Note For a stand alone system preset values of IP address subnet mask and default gateway shown above must entered
7. 15 Add or Remove Programs Me Administrative Tools o Component Services aS CSNW Computer Management My Network Data Sources ODBC fad Data Sources ODBC Places Date and Time 3 Event viewer sA Display E Local Security Policy 1 0 Folder Options Performance Recycle Bin 029 Fonts Services t Game Controllers Intel R Extreme Graphics 2 8 Internet Options sM Sy Keyboard 1 Mouse amp Network Connections E Phone and Modem Options g Portable Media Devices 2 Power Options k Printers and Faxes Programs 42 Regional and Lanquage Options L Documents gt 5 Scanners and Cameras Settings gt E Control Panel 3 Scheduled Tasks Y ELE UO Oe SoundMAX Network Connections 2 Devi patent applications nds and Audio Devices Help Support Printers and Faxes pe 3 x nthe About page eec CJ Run Taskbar and Start Menu 9 d J System Log Off Jupiter E Log P Taskbar and Start Menu Shut Down User Accounts dat 4 O 9 3 5 Figure 8 226 Path to Computer Management o Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 185 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 11 1 1 System Checks cont d Select Computer Management then you should see a screen like below Then left click on the device assigned currently to G right click on Change Drive Letter and Path
8. Figure 8 201 Connectivity Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 171 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 10 5 4 Operator Login Password Back up The Operator Login Password will be deleted So write down the password if necessary TitleLogin X Figure 8 202 Operator Login Parameters Descriptions Operator Login Password 8 10 5 5 Image Management Guide NOTE Before upgrading to R4 x x software performe a recommended image backup procedure Save As to View on any PC Use this to save images Dicom or Raw Dicom in a computer friendly format avi or jpeg so you can view it on any PC Export Import Data Images Between Systems Use this to copy both patient data and images for specified patient s from one system to another Save As Saving Images to CD ROM to View on Any PC To save images to the CD ROM 1 Insert the CD 2 Go to Utility gt Connectivity gt Tools Removable Media instead of Tools in case of BTO5 SW Select the Media as CD Rewritable 3 Press Format to format the CD ROM 4 Select the image s to be saved to CD ROM press Menu and select Save As 8 172 Section 8 10 Software Loading Procedure GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 10 5 5 Image Management Guide cont d 5 The SAVE AS menu appears Figure 8 203 Save As Menu 6 Specify Compression and Save As Type and p
9. CABLE MIN PLUG CABLE Ic cms Rear Panel of B WPrinter Die sw m our 5 veneo POWER CABLE Digital USB Cable Connection Figure 5 16 Cable Connection USB Cable and Analog Connection Method Chapter 5 Components and Functions 5 19 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 5 7 2 2 Cable Connection Color Printer Connect the cables listed below between the Color Printer and the console 1 51 A Rear Panel of UP 2950 SERIES COLOR VIDEO PRINTER POWER CABLE Figure 5 17 Cable Connection between Color Printer and Console NOTE Equipment damage possibly Be sure to use the following recommended connecting cables to connect recording devices and a network with LOGIQ 5 console 5 20 Section 5 6 Top Console
10. PURPOSE MEANING Manufacturer s name and address Date of manufacture Model and serial numbers Electrical ratings Laboratory logo or labels denoting conformance with industry safety standards such as UL or IEC Used to indicate the degree of safety or protection Indicates the degree of protection provided by the enclosure per IEC 529 IPX8 indicates drip proof Equipment Type BF man in the box symbol IEC 878 02 03 indicates B Type equipment having even more electrical isolation than standard Type B equipment because it is intended for intimate patient contact Equipment Type CF heart in the box symbol IEC 878 02 05 indicates equipment having a high degree of protection suitable for direct cardiac contact CAUTION The equilateral triangle is usually used in combination with other symbols to advise or warn the user ATTENTION Consult accompanying documents is intended to alert the user to refer to the operator manual or other instructions when complete information cannot be provided on the label Chapter 1 Introduction LABEL SYMBOL Identification and Rating Plate Device Listing Certification Labels Type Class Label IP Code IPX8 gt LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL LOCATION Various Rear of system adjacent to mains switch Adjacent to On Off Standby Switch Front Panel Switch Internal Rear of console Product Icons Contin
11. Patient e Personal Computer Back End Processor Chapter 9 Renewal Parts 9 1 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 9 3 Renewal Parts Lists 9 3 1 Equipment Models Covered in this Chapter Part Name Part Number Quantity Description OPERATOR CONSOLE ASSY OPERATOR CONSOLE ASSY OPERATOR CONSOLE ASSY OPERATOR CONSOLE ASSY OPERATION MANUAL ADV REFERENCE MANUAL SERVICE MANUAL QUICK GUIDE JAPAN H41302LA 2331750 USA H41302LE 2353133 EUROPE H41302LF 2355477 KOREA H41302LD 2331753 9 2 Section 9 3 Renewal Parts Lists GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 9 4 OPERATOR CONSOLE ASSY COLOR MONITOR FRU 1XX See Illustration KEYBOARD BLOCK FRU 2XX See Illustration COVERS FRU 3XX See Illustration CABLES Peripherals OPTIONS FRU 8 See Illustration BODY BLOCK FRU 4 See Illustration POWER BLOCK PCB BOARDS FRU 7XX FRU 5XX See Illustration See Illustration Figure 9 1 OPERATOR CONSOLE ASSY Chapter 9 Renewal Parts 9 3 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 9 5 MONITOR Figure 9 2 Monitor 9 4 Section 9 3 Renewal Parts Lists GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 9 5 MONITOR conta Table 92
12. Figure 8 222 Span Volume 1 Done 16 Approx ten 10 minutes later the following screen appears Eject the Base Software Load Image CD 2 of 2 from the drive The Base System Software Load Image process has successfully completed You will now need to load the Application Software onto your system 1 Please eject the DUDROM from the drive 2 Press ALT CTRL DEL key to restart the system 3 Continue with the Application Software load procedure Thank yout Figure 8 223 Screen 17 After removing the CDROM from the drive Press ALT CTRL DEL key 18 Turn on the system NOTE After installation Base Software Load Image CDs the General failure reading drive A Abort Retry Fail message can be appeared but Ignore it All procedure would be successfully done NOTE Remove the CD ROM from the drive Otherwise you will be repeating the Base System Software Load process Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 183 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 11 1 1 System Checks 1 Approx two minutes later the windows XP desktop appears Then one minutes later the following screen appears Clisck on Yes using right button of the trackball to restart the system System Settings Change H x p Windows has finished installing new devices The software that supports your device requires that you restart your computer ou must restart your computer before
13. GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 11 1 Installing Base Software Load Image CD cont d 13 The following screen appears Please select ONE of the following options for loading the 100105 Base System Software Load Image onto your system Al Load the complete disk All existing data will be lost NOTE APPLICATION SOFTWARE WILL NEED TO INSTALLED WHEN THIS PROCEDURE HAS COMPLETED ALL PATIENT DATA ANY gt WILL BE DESTROYED 1 Load the bootable 6 partition only patient data is lost NOTE DO NOT USE THIS OPTION ON A BRAND NEW SYSTEM IT IS INTENDED FOR RECOVERY OF A SYSTEM THAT WILL NOT BOOT UP APPLICATION SOFTWARE WILL NEED TO BE INSTALLED WHEN THIS PROCEDURE HAS COMPLETED ALL PATIENT DATA IS PRESERVED C Exit to the a PROMPT Please make your selection from the above choices A Figure 8 220 Selection Screen 14 If you choose A you will be asked to press Y to confirm your selection Please select ONE of the following options for loading the 106195 Base System Software Load Image onto your system Al Load the complete disk All existing data will lost NOTE APPLICATION SOFTWARE WILL NEED TO INSTALLED WHEN THIS PROCEDURE HAS COMPLETED ALL PATIENT DATA WILL BE DESTROYED B Load the bootable C partition only patient data is NOT lost NOTE DO NOT USE THIS OPTION ON A BRAND NEW SYSTEM IT IS INTENDED
14. Lak eee Cnt d eS SUO 8 75 10 z GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 0 7 8 77 Transtormel Ce pe Pe 8 79 AC Power BOX pelo dia ws es AEN sed Md dy M 8 81 peek 8 83 Back up User Data Image Data Management 8 84 Saving Connectivity 8 84 Operator Login Password Back up 8 85 Image Management Guide 8 85 Patient Archive Report Archive User Define Configuration 8 91 Installing Base Software Load Image CD 8 94 Manual GontlgBf all 7 8 98 Prerequisite Driver Installation cee eee eee eee 8 98 Mandatory Driver Installation 8 99 Optional Driver Installation 8 99 DV SION OMECK ede doen at Sees ait a ad aN 8 100 Driver Ch Ck Sut Deed Me Sees MT 8 100 PTT 8 101 SVO 1 SOR dus des Doo Sn dise ond annie 8 102 Loading Application Software After a Base Image Load 8 104 Preparations cc sius d
15. The PM page is intended to contain the tools used in periodic maintenance of the system Errore Logs LESE Calibration Configuration ILI Repissemer s d c3 PM This is the Planned Preventive Proactive Maintenance Application Areal Figure 5 39 Planned Maintenance Page 5 42 Section 5 10 Service Platform GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Chapter 6 Service Adjustments Section 6 1 Overview 6 1 1 Purpose of this chapter 6 This section describes how to test and adjust the scanner These tests are optional You may use them to check the system for errors Table 6 19 Contents in chapter Power Supply Adjustment 6 Reloading the Probe Data 6 4 Monitor and LCD Adjustment 6 7 Section 6 2 Regulatory Verify where applicable that any regulatory information or tests required by national law are present and accounted for and any regulatory tests required by national law are performed and documented Section 6 3 Power Supply Adjustment Chapter 6 Service Adjustment 6 1 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL LV Unit Disassembly This system contains three power supply modules HV unit LV unit and ATX PS However the LV unit only can be adjusted Tools e Common pillips screwdrivers Allen Unbraco wrench Long nose gripper Needed Manpower 1 person 15 minutes travel Preparations S
16. the eeprom in the rear panel assy should be moved to new assy from old one 3 This eeprom is very important because the system serial number information in the eeprom is the key information for system software boot up Figure 8 76 EEPROM in the Rear Panel Assy 8 6 2 7 How to Check and write the system serial number on EEPROM NOTE Be cafeful to keep the tap direction of the eeprom when install the eeprom in the socket 4 Plug the service dongle on the usb port on rear panel 5 Turn on the system 6 When the log in dialog box appears type the service password for maintenance mode 7 If the win XP screen appear run the window explorer Move the cursor to bottom of the screen 8 If the task bas appear click the explorer icon 8 76 Section 8 6 Body Block GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 6 2 7 How to Check and write the system serial number on EEPROM cont d 1 Figure 8 77 Window Explorer on OS screen 9 Run the PC2IPIIC EXE by double click This execution file is in C Jupiter target bin directory Figure 8 78 PC2IPIIC EXE 10 Write the serial number in eeprom 11 If double click the PC2IPIIC EXE this dialog box will be appeared 12 Vove the trackball cursor on the white blank box and click the set key 13 the system serial number in the box 14 And move the trackball cursor on to Write button and click the set key C
17. GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 5 7 2 2 Cable Connection Color Printer cont d Connect the cables listed below between the Color Printer and the console 1 BNC CABLE for VIDEO SGNAL supplied with color video printer x Rear Panel off UPITER 459005 S VIDEO Vi 6 6 6 6 Rear Panel of UP 29505 ERIES COLOR VIDEO PRINTER cmpst out Audio Out S Video Out Q B W Camera Shutter amp Foot switch POWER CABLE S VIDEO VIDEO S VIDEO 65 6 12 soova max Rear Panel of UP 5 COLOR VIDEO PRINTER Figure 5 18 Cable Connection between Color Printer and Console Chapter 5 Components and Functions 5 21 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 5 7 2 2 Cable Connection Color Printer cont d Connect USB cable listed below between the SONY UP D21MD Color Printer and the console Rear Panel of J UPITER 6 6 6 6 gt 8 a 6006 USB cable Tr Ul SONY UP D21MD POWER CABLE
18. Section 4 3 4 System B M Mode Checks P q y Section 4 3 5 System CFM and PWD Checks 8 9 2 5 Mounting Procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 157 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 9 3 JPC Assy Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the JPC Assy 8 9 3 1 Tools e Common pillips screwdrivers Allen Unbraco wrench 8 9 3 2 Needed Manpower 1 person 15 minutes travel 8 9 3 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4 3 2 on page 3 8 9 3 4 Removal Procedure Do not wear the ESD wrist strap when you remove a part of power supply unit Turn OFF power and unplug the power cord before removing a part of power supply unit However be sure to turn off power and wear the strap before you remove a circuit boards 1 Unscrew nine 9 hexagon screws 1 9 to remove the AC Power Top cover 2 Unscrew five 5 screws 10 14 JPC Assy Figure 8 187 JPC Assy Section 8 9 Power Block A CAUTION 8 158 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 9 3 4 Removal Procedure cont d 3 Disconnect all the connectors connected in the JPC Assy Refer to Figure 8 188 Figure 8 188 Disconnecting all connectors 4 Remove the JPC Assy 5 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful
19. 1 Less than 15 of peak voltage for less Decaying Oscillation All applications millisecond 2 2 2 2 Inrush Current Inrush Current is not a factor to consider due to the inrush current limiting properties of the power supplies 2 2 2 3 Site Circuit Breaker It is recommended that the branch circuit breaker for the machine be ready accessible A CAUTION POWER OUTAGE MAY OCCURE The LOGIQ 5 requires a dedicated single branch circuit To avoid circuit overload and possible loss of critical care equipment make sure you DO NOT have any other equipment operating on the same circuit Chapter 2 Pre Installation 2 3 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Site Power Outlets A desiccated AC power outlet must be within reach of the unit without extension cords Other outlets adequate for the external peripherals medical and test equipment needed to support this unit must also be present within 1 m 3 2 ft of the unit Electrical installation must meet all current local state and national electrical codes Unit Power Plug If the unit arrives without the power plug or with the wrong plug you must contact your GE dealer or the installation engineer must supply what is locally required Power Stability Requirements Voltage drop out Max 10 ms Power Transients All applications Less than 25 of nominal peak voltage for less than 1 millisecond for any type of tran
20. 5 Image Preview 6 Gray Color Bar 7 Cine Guage 8 Measurement selection Menu 11 Result window 12 Imaging Paramenters by mode 13 Power Output Readout system status 14 Focal Zone 15 Depth Scale 16 Body Pattern 17 TGC 18 Image Management Menu Menu Delete and Image Manager 19 Image Palette 20 System Messages Display 21 System Messages Display 22 Trackball Fucntionality Status Section 4 3 General Procedure GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 3 4 System B M Mode Checks For a basic functional check of the system s different modes the Quick Guide will familiarize you with image optimization for B Mode M Mode Color Flow and Doppler 4 Preset A Rejection Sweep Speed Edge Enhance GE ED Gua ES 4 Frame Average Line Density ea es GS BD Focus Pos Num Anstomical M Power Output Dynamic Range Power Output Dynamic Range Figure 4 7 System B M Mode Checks Table 4 3 B M Mode Functions Optimizes image quality and allows user to reduce beam Power Output Acoustic Power intensity 10 increments between 0 100 Values greater than 0 1 are displayed Dynamic Range controls how echo intensities are converted to Dynamic Range shades of gray thereby increasing the adjustable range of contrast Increases the number of transmit focal zones or moves the focal zone s so that you can tighten up the beam
21. 8 6 4 2 Needed Manpower 1 persons 15 minutes travel 8 6 4 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4 3 2 on page 3 Lift the system before proceed 8 6 4 4 Removal Procedure 1 Unscrew eight 8 hexagonal bolts 1 8 2 Remove the Front Caster Refer to Figure 8 84 Figure 8 84 Removing the Front Caster 8 82 Section 8 6 Body Block GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 6 4 4 Removal Procedure cont d 3 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 39 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown Service Manual Direction 2300000 Rev 1 Section 8 6 4 Equipment Section 4 8 2 5 Front caster Rear caster passed all required tests and is ready for use Section 10 5 5 Physical Inspection 8 6 4 5 Mounting procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 83 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 6 5 Rear Caster Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Rear Caster 8 6 5 1 Tools e Common pillips screwdrivers Allen Unbraco wrench Lifter 180Kg 8 6 5 2 Needed Manpower
22. GE cal Systema Kacey Product File PO Bow 4 M ha W 53201 0414 19 UM Nia NEA ove INSTALLATION Figure 3 12 Product Locator Installation Card Chapter 3 Installation 3 9 PREPARE OA GRHBERS THAT DO PAVE A LOCATOR INSTALLATION REPORT 3 3 1 A CAUTION A CAUTION 3 3 2 3 3 3 NOTE GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 3 4 Preparing for Installation 3 4 1 Verify Customer Order Compare items received by the customer to that which is listed on the delivery order Report any items that are missing back ordered or damaged 3 4 2 Physical Inspection 3 4 2 1 System Voltage Settings Verify that the scanner is set to the correct voltage The Voltage settings for the LOGIQ 5 Scanner is found on a label to the right of the Power switch and External I O on the rear of the system For the Rating Plate example refer to Figure 1 3 OUTSIDE MARKINGS OF LOGIQ 5 on page 1 11 IN WARNING Connecting a LOGIQ 5 scanner to the wrong voltage level will most likely destroy the scanner 3 4 2 2 Video Formats Check that the video format is set to the locally used video standard NTSC or PAL 3 4 3 EMI Protection This Unit has been designed to minimize the effects of Electro Magnetic Interference EMI Many of the covers shields and screws are provided primarily to protect the system from imag
23. Sound video and game controllers Storage volumes System devices EE Universal Serial Bus controllers AE Figure 8 145 Disk driver check 8 132 Section 8 8 PC Block GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 8 1 10 Check the Device Driver Configuration BT05 cont d 2 Display adapter check S Device Manager ee action view gt 2 e Computer Disk drives Primary display Onboard 865G chipset Secondary display USB to VGA module gt IDE controllers 68 Keyboards 5 573 Mice and other pointing devices EJ 3 Monitors m adapters Mg Network adapters amp 1 S Ports COM amp LPT 4 Sound video and game controllers H Storage volumes 8 System devices 5 Universal Serial Bus controllers SSS SS aaa Figure 8 146 Display adapter check 3 DVD CD ROM driver check D Device Manager aton yew gt iA ovt M dr Current installed ODD ATAJATAPI controllers Montos iei ur Mulfunction adapters m Network adapters 8 19 Ports COM amp k1PT Sound video and game controllers Storage volumes System devices 2 Universal Serial Bus controllers E Figure 8 147 DVD CD ROM driver check Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 133 GE M
24. aes es cE cre PSU Sus mada Dee eden dar SET hd ee ood va Ae ee eas Ae acd Purpose of Service Manual Typical Users of the Basic Service Manual LOGIQ 5 Models Covered by this Manual Purpose of Operator Manual s Important Conventions xis sa eee e POSEE DR eae dee Cade RS x dE Conventions Used in 0 ool tee da uires reliance Human Sale ra use aout PE os eO Eia s Mechanical Safety tet 0 APP citi e A 22583 oe AS UE RI xc tulere Gare vp Es Lockout Tagout Requirements For USA Only Electromagnetic Compatibility Electrostatic Discharge ESD Prevention CE Compliance cisco pedes od 7 Customer Assistance l l System Manufacture Contact Information CHAPTER 2 OUGIIIOW fc 2202084 Vinee Purpose of cliaptel 2 eA ends toca etwas General Console Console Environmental Requirements Page 5 Table of Con
25. dodo eder ends ERE CER ESSE MON RE RAE 8 20 TOG Knob Setani E a eee eee 8 21 OP Panel A N Keyboard Assy 8 22 OP Panel Trackball 8 24 OP Panel HUB board ASSY c2 22 22s eset hei tini ohne Pot Bee ee 8 25 OP Patiel ECD Parent ie eons ca de oe ene ey 8 27 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL OP Panel LCD Encoder Assy 8 29 AR 8 31 o d e ds book ant toh eG Sep ouf we de deg je o dp wd 8 31 Figlit GOVOI S tic hott uie ot ie 8 32 Peal COVEN haces bs ara ud 8 33 Rear Door 8 34 POPP COVE e uu ei A aa a LAM UM Di dee 8 35 Front Base COVOE rtp dre dos dora ed dex ES 8 37 E DAL Usenet doe a 8 39 OP Side E Gover Met ote dem eate Le Ce edere 8 40 OP SId ata 8 42 OP Rear OWOE Ls sux de viri duod 8 44 OP Boltoli COVOl s oa see er Aye ot Se A a eo et Ae e EAR 8 45 OP G ran Covel vt pora ud e pret cr or ro E Eon rece tr e ER Pads 8 46 ax P
26. 2 3 4 5 6 7 Figure 8 42 Unscrew 10 screws from the LCD brkt Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 35 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 11 4 Removal Procedure cont d 2 Disconnect one connector 11 from the main circuit board in the keyboard Refer to Figure 8 43 11 um uM Figure 8 43 Disconnect one connector 3 Unscrew four 4 screws 12 15 from the LCD unit Refer to Figure 8 44 12 13 15 Figure 8 44 Unscrew 4 screws from the LCD unit 4 Remove the LCD Assy from the Keyboard 5 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 18 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown 2300000 Rev 1 Section 8 4 11 Equipment assed all required tests and is ready for use Section 4 7 8 OP Panel LCD Assy Validation P 0 4 5 Mounting Procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal 8 36 Section 8 4 Keyboard Block GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 12 OP Panel LCD Encoder Assy Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace OP panel encoder Assy 8 4 12 1 Tools pillips screwdrivers 8 4 12 2 Needed Manpower person 15 minute
27. External I O Connector Panel Video Specification Software Option Configuration Loading Base System Software Before You Load Software Page 6 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Managing Data Presets and Images 3 25 Save Connectivity Settings 3 55 Possible GE USB Control Panel Driver 10585 5 anaana 3 28 Possible Behavior of the First Power Up After Application Load 35 GE USB Control Panel Driver Loss 3 35 Restore Patient Report and User Defined Presets 38 Product Locator Installation 3 39 User 3 39 CHAPTER 4 Gr Edi 4 1 Purpose tor Chapter 4 o i tre DESEE 4 1 Required 4 1 General PrOCGUHEG oco obo pe ty eee Se 4 2 Power Onm BoOl UD x vro 288282 43 Power Off Shutdown 4 4 System Fealuf8s exei P Rr Rees eC EE Sat 4 5 System B M Mode Checks 4 8
28. Page Insite_Browser Eror Logs Wrage Quality Calibration Corti guration Detect Range 673 67 Criteria 332 Detect Range 673 67 Criteria 316 Detect Range 673 67 Criteria 319 Detect Range 673 67 Criteria 320 Detect Range 673 67 Criter a 341 Detect Range 673 67 Criteria 331 Detect Range 673 67 Criteria 320 Detect Range 673 67 Criteria 324 gt Detect Range 673 67 Criteria 349 Detect Range 673 67 Criteria 337 Detect Range 673 67 Criteria 352 Detect Range 673 67 Criteria 328 Detect Range 673 67 Criter1a 329 Deteot Range 673 67 Criteria 305 Detect Range 673 67 Criteria 327 Completed on Tue 26 11 42 22 PDT 2000 Figure 4 45 ATD Diagnostic test 6 Check the system basic functions Refer to Section 4 3 4 System B M Mode Checks on page 4 7 Refer to Section 4 3 5 System CFM and PWD Checks on page 4 9 4 44 Section 4 9 Board Function Checks GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 9 6 FECII Assy function check procedure 1 Turn on the system and check the completion of Echoloader loading 2 Do the Service Login Refer to the Section 5 10 2 2 Service Login on page 5 33 Select Diagnostics gt LOGIQ 5 Diagnostics gt FRU Test gt FECII Full Test Execute the diagnostic test 3 4 5 All diagnostic test item of FECII should be passed Uf GEMS Service Page Insi
29. Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown Service Manual Direction 2300000 Rev 1 Section 8 5 5 Equipment Section 4 8 2 Cover Parts Function Validation passed all required tests and is ready for use Section 10 5 5 Physical Inspection 8 5 5 5 Mounting procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal 8 48 Section 8 5 Covers GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Front Base Cover Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Front Base Cover Tools e pillips screwdrivers Needed Manpower person 15 minutes travel Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4 3 2 on page 3 Removal Procedure 1 Remove the Left Cover Refer to section 8 5 1 on page 39 2 Remove the Right Cover Refer to section 8 5 2 on page 41 3 Unscrew four screws 1 4 Refer to Figure 8 54 3 4 are on the left side Figure 8 54 Unscrew 2 screws on the Right side Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 49 8 5 6 8 5 6 1 8 5 6 2 8 5 6 3 8 5 6 4 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 5 6 4 Removal Procedure cont d 4 Remove the Front Base Cover Refer to Figure 8 55 Figure 8 55 Removing the Fron
30. SrSTEM Local 5 15 E ai Compost Qo 6 1 in ARCHIVE 2 Local Du c3 usth ew Local Du 1 23 ARCHIVE 0 alil Control Pavel Sron Folder x Ge Control Panel Recyde Decrees By My sj 1 Figure 8 179 Dual Hard disk status Section 8 8 PC Block 8 150 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 8 3 6 3 File Copy cont d 9 There should be 8 logical disk totally Each HDD have 4 partitions SYSTEM USER ARCHIVE SWAP The used HDD which is set to slave is to And the new HDD in which is set to master is C to F If the L5 system have MO drive the slave drive number can be L 10 The patient data files are in the Idunn directory in the ARCHIVE disk 11 of sub directory in the Idunn directory of slave HDD should be copy to Idunn directory of master HDD In below example the three sub directory GEMS_DB GEMS_IMG GEMS_REP in the Idunn directory in J drive should be copy to Idunn drive in E drive De Edt View Favortes o seh C 0 X IET Qo Yr My Computer gg SYSTEM C 3 usre 0 ARCHIVE E By 705e0 72e25da618ce amm C sems 06 LZ 5 IMG GEMS REP LL
31. Asia Singapore Japan GE Ultrasound Asia Service Department Ultrasound 298 Tiong Bahru Road 15 01 06 Central Plaza Singapore 169730 Section 1 5 Customer Assistance 1 14 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 1 15 FAX Number 82 31 740 6436 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 1 5 2 System Manufacturer Table 1 7 System Manufacturer Manufacturer GE Ultrasound Korea 462 120 65 1 Sangdaewon dong Joong won Gu Seongnam Si Gyeonggi do Korea Chapter 1 Introduction GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL This page was intentionally left blank 1 16 Section 1 5 Customer Assistance GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Chapter 2 Pre Installation Section 2 1 Overview 2 1 1 Purpose of chapter 2 This chapter provides the information required to plan and prepare for the installation of a LOGIQTM 5 Included are descriptions of the facility and electrical needs to be met by the purchaser of the unit A checklist is also provided at the end of this section to help determine whether the proper planning and preparation is accomplished before the actual equipment installation is scheduled Table 2 8 Contents in Chapter 2 Chapter 2 Pre Installation 2 1 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 2 2 General Consol
32. GE Medical Systems Technical Publication Direction 2300000 Revision 2 GE Medical Systems LOGIQ 5 Service Manual Operating Documentation Copyright 2009 by General Electric Co GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Page 1 2 z GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS GE Medical Systems Telex 3797371 P O Box 414 Milwaukee Wisconsin 53201 U S A Asia Pacific Latin America North America GE Ultraschall Tel 49 0 212 28 02 207 Deutschland GmbH amp Co KG Beethovenstrabe 239 Postfach 11 05 60 D 42655 Solingen Germany GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 Revision History LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Revision 6 Reason for change 1 2002 11 21 2 2009 6 13 Initial Release Correction for adding Functional Check Procedure after FRU replacement List of Effected Pages PAGES REVISION PAGES REVISION PAGES REVISION Title Page 2 1 1 to 1 14 1 Back Cover N A prunas 1 2 1 to 2 10 1 to iv Rev Hist LOEP 2 3 1 to 3 28 1 Table of Contents 2 4 1 6 2 i to vili 5 1 to 5 44 1 6 1 to 6 14 1 7 1 to 7 44 1 8 1 to 8 118 2 9 1 to 9 20 1 10 1 to 10 32 2 Page A 3 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Page A 4 z GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Table of Contents CHAPTER 1 Introduction OVERVIEW
33. SERIAL MANUFACTURED VOLTS 120Vac POWER 1250 A FREQUEMCY 60Hz USA Asia 120V Console MODEL NUMBER LOGIQ5 Class I Classe MANUFACTURED LOCATION GE ULTRASOUND KOREA S N t VOLT 220 240V KVA 1 1250 PHASE Wt HZ SOHZ Europe Asia 220V Console 8 ARMS RERLSMRE LOGIQ 5 EREA 3310100 120V 50 60Hz HREH 1250VA REER 252 BERS ARES MEFA GE ULTRASOUND Korea Japan 100V Cosole Z25045 N 3 380 ganas 9 LOGIQ5 BAM 220 60Hz 20 89 1250VA Be 180 Ssae 182171 55 AXES 30 MANA SAP adas 65 1 2 2 5 Korea 220V Console GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 1 3 5Label Locations cont d 1 mu E CONFORMS TO 2601 1 11376 CERTIFIED CAN CIA C22 1 No 601 1 tri SCRA ORES C CORE AR BRA 5 55 08788 CT EHUNORB CRASS ES IF FLED 6 ICSHEMBESASCEMBYET VCIN 7 L 72 0 5 6 PTT lu 114 0 China 220V Console 7 Figure 1 3 OUTSIDE MARKINGS OF LOGIQ 5 Identification and Rating Plate USA Asia 120V Console Identification and Rating Plate Europe Asia Latin America 220V Console Identification and Rating Plate Japan 100V Console Identification and Rating Plate Korea 220V Console ETL Label 23 Caution EI
34. Section 10 9 When There s Too Much Leakage Current CHASSIS FAILS Check the ground on the power cord and plug for continuity Ensure the ground is not broken frayed or intermittent Replace any defective part Tighten all grounds Ensure star washers are under all ground studs Inspect wiring for bad crimps poor connections or damage Test the wall outlet verify it is grounded and is free of other wiring abnormalities Notify the user or owner to correct any deviations As a work around check the other outlets to see if they could be used instead NOTE No outlet tester can detect the condition where the white neutral wire and the green grounding wire are reversed lf later tests indicate high leakage currents this should be suspected as a possible cause and the outlet wiring should be visually inspected PROBE FAILS Test the probe in another connector to isolate if the fault lies with the probe or the scanner NOTE Each probe will have some amount of leakage dependent on its design Small variations in probe leakage currents are normal from probe to probe Other variations will result from differences in line voltage and test lead placement The maximum allowable leakage current for body surface contact probe differs from inter cavity probe Be sure to enter the correct probe type in the appropriate space on the check list If excessive leakage current is slot dependent inspect the system connector for bent pins poor con
35. for acquisition through remote diagnostics InSite or to be sent back to the manufacturer for analysis There are different options to acquire this data that would give different results 7 3 2 Collect Vital System Information The following information is necessary in order to properly analyze data or images being reported as a malfunction or being returned to the manufacturer Product Name LOGIQ 5 From the Utility gt System gt About screen Applications Software Software Version Software Part Number System Image Software Image Revision Image Part Number 7 2 Section 7 3 Gathering Trouble Data GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 7 3 3 Collect a Trouble Image with Logs If the system should malfunction press the Alt D keys simultaneously This will collect a screen capture of the image monitor system presets and the following logs Keyboard Shadow Log Error Logs Crash Log Power Supply Temperature NOTE Power Supply and Temperature logs are not currently being updated by the LOGIQ 5 This Alt D function is available at all times Prubilenm these riptin xj Please type in problem description g 2j The problem val be sloved vith cureri log fes Check this box 4 reporting crash or lockup application has been restarted after problem Sture lo Figure 7 1 ALT D Dialog Box When Alt D is
36. 5 SERVICE MANUAL 6 5 2 4 Removal Procedure cont d 3 OSD Menu is shown on the LCD screen Refer to Figure 6 11 on page 6 10 Contrast Adjust Menu Color Adjust Menu Adjust Menu Brightness Position Control Menu Auto Adjust Menu Advanced Information Figure 6 11 OSD Menu Display 4 Move the Cursor using Move Right or Left button to adjust the Brightness of the LCD 5 Press the Menu Selection button with the yellow cursor on Brightness icon 6 10 Section 6 3 Power Supply Adjustment GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 6 5 2 4 Removal Procedure cont d 6 Use Increase or Decrease button to adjust the Brightness Refer to Figure 6 12 on page 6 11 Figure 6 12 Brightness Adjustment 7 Move the cursor to execute Auto Adjust 8 Make sure that the Auto Adjust is selected then the Menu Selection Button 9 LCD display Auto Adjustment procedures will be started automatically 10 After finishing the Auto Adjustment procedures the following menu is displayed on the LCD Figure 6 13 Auto Adjustment 11 Make sure that the LCD displacement is fixed and shown at the center location 12 If it is fixed appropriately go on to the next step If the display is not adjusted yet go back and repeat the adjustment procedures form step 7 Chapter 6 Service Adjustment 6 11 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVI
37. Disconnect two connectors 1 2 Refer to Figure 8 10 Figure 8 10 Disconnecting 2 cables 3 Unscrew two screws 3 4 from the Monitor Cover Front Refer to Figure 8 11 ee te Figure 8 11 Unscrew 2 screws Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 9 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 3 4 4 Removal Procedure cont d 4 Remove the Monitor S W Assy Refer to Figure 8 12 Figure 8 12 Removing Monitor S W Assy 5 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 5 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown Service Manual Direction 2300000 Rev 1 Section 8 3 4 Equipment Section 4 6 1 CRT Assy function check procedure passed all required tests and is ready for use Section 10 5 5 Physical Inspection 8 3 4 5 Mounting procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal 8 10 Section 8 3 Monitor GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 3 5 Speaker Assy Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Speaker Assy 8 3 5 1 Tools e pillips screwdrivers 8 3 5 2 Needed Manpower person 10 minutes travel 8 3 5 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main
38. Equipment assed all required tests and is ready for use Section 4 7 3 OP Panel TGC Assay Validation P 0 y 8 4 6 5 Mounting Procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 27 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL TGC Knob Set Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace TGC Knobs Tools e Common pillips screwdrivers Needed Manpower persons 5 minutes travel Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4 3 2 on page 3 Removal Procedure 1 Remove eight 8 TGC knobs from the upper side of the Keyboard Refer to Figure 8 32 Figure 8 32 Removing TGC Knobs 2 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 14 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown 2300000 Rev 1 Section 8 4 7 Equipment assed all required tests and is ready for use Section 4 7 4 TGC Knob Set validation P q y Mounting Procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Section 8 4 Keyboard Block 8 4 7 8 4 7 1 8 4 7 2 8 4 7 3 8 4 7 4 8 4 7 5 8 28 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5
39. LEDs for Key backlight N acion o 1 J Down 3 Foot Switch I F Down 4 USB I F USB 1 2 Rear pu USB I F RAM Figure 5 14 Keyboard Keyboard assy provide all of operator interface for scan Keyabord assy consist of several pieces of main function assembly Assy The HUB assy have usb interface for upstream usb port which comes from BEP HUB assy also have alpha numeric key interface and control functions and usb hub So usb trakcball and the usb of main assy and additional 2 usb ports in rear panel are connected to MAIN Assy Main assy have usb micom for interface between main assy and usb hub assy All of function key and encoders interface and controls are done by additional control on chip microcomputer 5 16 Section 5 6 Top Console GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 5 6 2 LCD Assy LCD Assy displays menu screen and touch sensor recognize of touch 15 inch high resolution RGB monitor with non interlace scan includes loudspeakers for stereo sound output and microphone to record talking of operator Monitor have also task lamp to light up the A N key on keyboard assy Figure 5 15 LOGIQ 5 Monitor Chapter 5 Components and Functions 5 17 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 5 7 External I O Rear Panel The Extern
40. Rev 1 Section 8 4 12 Equipment assed all required tests and is ready for use Section 4 7 9 OP Panel LCD Encoder Assy Validation P 0 8 4 12 5 Mounting Procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal 8 38 Section 8 4 Keyboard Block GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 8 5 Covers 8 5 1 Left Cover Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Left Cover 8 5 1 1 Tools e Common pillips screwdrivers 8 5 1 2 Needed Manpower e person 5 minutes travel 8 5 1 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4 3 2 on page 3 8 5 1 4 Removal Procedure 1 Turn OFF the system 2 Unscrew three screws 1 3 3 Remove the Left Cover Refer to Figure 8 48 Figure 8 48 Removing the Left Cover Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 39 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Removal Procedure cont d 4 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 20 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown Service Manual Direction 2300000 Rev 1 Section 8 5 1 Equipment Section 4 8 2 Cover Parts Function Validation passed all required tests and
41. Section 4 8 2 Cover Parts Function Validation passed all required tests and is ready for use Section 10 5 5 Physical Inspection Mounting procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Section 8 5 Covers 8 5 4 4 8 5 4 5 8 46 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 5 5 Top Cover Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Top Cover 8 5 5 1 Tools pillips screwdrivers 8 5 5 2 Needed Manpower 1 person 20 minutes travel 8 5 5 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4 3 2 on page 3 8 5 5 4 Removal Procedure 1 Remove the Left Cover Refer to section 8 5 1 on page 39 2 Remove the Right Cover Refer to section 8 5 2 on page 41 3 Remove the Rear Cover Refer to section 8 5 3 on page 43 4 Unscrew two screws 1 2 from the top side of the Top cover Refer to Figure 8 52 Figure 8 52 Unscrew 2 screws from the Top cover Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 47 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 5 5 4 Removal Procedure cont d 5 Unscrew four screws 3 6 from the bottom of the Top cover Refer to Figure 8 53 Figure 8 53 Unscrew 4 screws from the bottom 6 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 24 Functional Tests
42. TEE view gt 9 as Tree File System Computer Management Local ESARCHIVE E Partition Basic NTFS B System Tools swap F Partition Basic NTFS 5 al Event Viewer ESISYSTEM C Partition Basic NTFS H System Information eS TEST H Partition Basic Performance Logs and Alerts USER D Partition Basic NTFS Shared Folders Device Manager Local Users and Groups El eu Storage Disk Management Mj Disk Defragmenter 13 Logical Drives Disk 1 Removable G No Media Change Drive Letter and Path Removable Storage S tDRom 0 Eject Services and Applications DVD H Properties 703 MB Online Help Primary Partition Extended Partition Logical Figure 8 227 Computer Management d Right click on Edit Change Drive Letter and Paths for 6 Allow access to this volume through the dive letter Add Figure 8 228 Change Driv Letter 8 186 Section 8 11 Installing Base Software Load Image GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 11 1 1 System Checks cont d e Select the drive other than I is selected in the window shown below for example Then click on OK Eo NI Figure 8 229 Edit Drive Letter f Right click on Yes Figure 8 230 Confirm Window 9 Left click CDROMO Select drive then right click on Change Drive Letter and Path Change Dr
43. cmpstin Shutter service Power Figure 5 21 Cable Connection between VCR and Console Equipment damage possibly Be sure to use the following recommended connecting cables to connect recording devices and a network with LOGIQ 5 console 5 24 Section 5 6 Top Console 5 25 Chapter 5 Components and Functions Figure 5 22 Cable Interconnect Diagram
44. d 10 VIC driver check M Device Manager Yow gt t 9 39 Computer 85 23 Disk hives Display adapters DWD CD ROM B3 Human Interface Devices IDF ATAJATAPT conl rollers 4 Keyboards 8 7 Mice and ether pointing devices Monitors Multifunction adapters 25 5 Network adapters Ports COM LPT nfo capture dier J GEMIK Device Sound dummy driver LEGACY AUGO Legacy Video Capture Devices Media Cortrul Devices Figure 8 141 VIC driver check 11 On board sound driver check Device Manager 9 E E Computer C2 Disk drives o Display adapters E DVD CD ROM drives Oy an Interf e De IDE ATAJATAPI conkrullers Keyboards Mice and other pointing devices Monitors Ry tim ters Network adapters Ports amp LPT Sound video and game controllers andin Coders GE Medical SuperSonic Diagnostic Device Driver GEMSK MukiMedia Device SoundMAX Integrated Diakal Audio F video Codecs AC97 controller device driver gt Storage velmes zl Figure 8 142 board sound driver check 8 130 Section 8 8 PC Block GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 8 1 9 Check the Dev
45. 15 4 3 10 2 NOTICE A GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 3 11 Backup and Restore Database Preset Configurations and Images AN NOTICE Avoid mechanical ejection whenever possible Mechanical ejection leaves the actuator unlocked and the MOD susceptible to damage if moved If forced to use this method reboot the system then insert and eject a known good disk using one of the other manual ejection methods 4 3 11 1 Formatting Media 1 To format the backup media CD ROM or MOD select the UTILITY tab on the Touch Panel 2 Select CONNECTIVITY then TOOLS in case of BT05 SW REMOVABLE MEDIA Properly label and Insert the backup media 3 Select the media type from the drop down menu 4 Enter the label for the media as shown in Figure 4 10 It is best to use all capital letters with no spaces or punctuation marks Media Selection Verify Format Media Label Format Figure 4 10 Format and Verify Media 5 The Ultrasound system displays a pop up menu as shown in Figure 4 11 When the formatting has been completed press OK to continue 6 If desired verify that the format was successful by returning to Utility Connectivity Tools in case of BT05 SW Removable Media and selecting VERIFY as shown in Figure 4 10 Figure 4 11 Format Successful Pop up Menu 4 16 Section 4 3 General Procedure GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOG
46. 2300000 Rev 1 Section 8 4 1 Equipment Section 4 3 4 System B M Mode Checks passed all required tests and is ready for use Section 4 3 5 System CFM and PWD Checks Section 10 5 2 Functional Checks See Also Chapter 4 8 4 1 5 Mounting Procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal 8 16 Section 8 4 Keyboard Block GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 1 6 Mounting procedure 1 Confirm the configuration jumper setting The new keyboard with engineering assy P N rev 7 have a jumper for USB device power configuration for keyboard function keys Before install the new keyboard the jumper cap should be attached in proper place The engineering assy P N label of the keyboard is attached on the metal chassi of the keyboard assy If the engineering assy number rev of new keybaord is less then 7 then move to next installation step Figure 8 22 Power Configuration Jumper in Keyboard Assy Figure 8 22 Jumper in main board of rev 7 keybaord assy If the defect keyboard assy rev is same or greater then 7 set the jumper cap of new keyboard as same as defect keyboard UV 5V UV 5V JP21 21 For L5BT03 For 5 Production Production Figure 8 23 Cap Position for L5BT03 Production System and L5 Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 17 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVIS
47. 28 5 15 Figure 4 18 Destination Section of Patient Screen 7 Press F3 to eject the media Specify that you want to finalize the CD ROM 4 20 Section 4 3 General Procedure GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 3 12 ECG Check Out this option is currently not available on the LOGIQ 5 Connect the ECG Harness and check Table 4 5 ECG Harness Check Step Task to do Expected Result s 1 Connect the ECG at the Connector on the Front of the It will display a curve along the bottom edge of the image scanner sector Section 4 4 Software Configuration Checks Table 4 6 Software Configuration Checks Step Task to do Expected Result s 1 Check Date and Time setting Date and Time are correct 2 Check that Location Hospital Name is correct Location Name is correct 3 Check Language settings Desired Language is displayed 4 Check assignment of Printer Keys Print1 4 Keys are assigned as desired by the customer 5 Check that all of the customer s options are set up correct All authorized functions are enabled Chapter 4 Functional Checks 4 21 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 4 5 Peripheral Checks Check that peripherals work as described below Table 4 7 Peripheral Checks Step Task to do Expected Result s 1 Press FREEZE Stop image acquisition 2 Press PRIN
48. 3 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 16 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown 2300000 Rev 1 Section 8 4 9 Equipment assed all required tests and is ready for use Section 4 7 6 Trackball Assy validation P 3 y Mounting Procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Section 8 4 Keyboard Block 8 4 9 4 8 4 9 5 8 32 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 10 OP Panel HUB board Assy Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace HUB board Assy 8 4 10 1 Tools e pillips screwdrivers 8 4 10 2 Needed Manpower persons 5 minutes travel 8 4 10 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4 3 2 on page 3 e Keyboard Assy should be removed before proceed For more information refer to KeyBoard Assy on section 8 4 1 on page 15 8 4 10 4 Removal Procedure 1 Unscrew five 5 screws and remove the EMC guard from the HUB Board Refer to Figure 8 39 Figure 8 40 Disconnect 6 connectors Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 33 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 10 4 Removal Procedu
49. 3 2 on page 3 e Keyboard Assy should be removed before proceed For more information refer to KeyBoard Assy on section 8 4 1 on page 15 8 4 5 4 Removal Procedure 1 Remove the eight 8 encoder knobs 1 8 from the front side of the Keyboard Refer to Figure 8 27 Figure 8 27 Removing 8 encoder knobs Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 23 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 5 4 Removal Procedure cont d 2 Using longnose pull out encoder nuts and encoder washers from each encoder Refer to Figure 8 28 Figure 8 28 Pulling Out encoder nuts 3 Turn the keyboard to back side 4 Disconnect each of the encoders from the back side of the keyboard Refer to Figure 8 29 Figure 8 29 Removing Encoders 8 24 Section 8 4 Keyboard Block GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 5 4 Removal Procedure cont d 5 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 12 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown 2300000 Rev 1 Section 8 4 5 Equipment assed all required tests and is ready for use Section 4 7 2 OP Panel Encoder Assy Validation P 0 y 8 4 5 5 Mounting Procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order
50. 4 3 2 on page 3 8 9 6 4 Removal Procedure CAUTION Do not wear the ESD wrist strap when you remove part of power supply unit Turn OFF power and unplug the power cord before removing a part of power supply unit However be sure to turn off power and wear the strap before you remove a circuit boards NOTE Fuses can be removed without disassembling AC Power Assy 1 Unscrew four 4 screws 1 4 to remove Left side cover of AC Power assy 2 Remove the Fuses Refer to Figure 8 196 220V 3A 110V 5A 3A 10A Figure 8 196 Removing the Fuse 3 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 55 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown Service Manual Direction Section 4 9 20 2300000 Rev 1 Section 8 9 6 Equipment assed all required tests and is ready for use Section 4 3 4 System B M Mode Checks P 0 y Section 4 3 5 System CFM and PWD Checks 8 9 6 5 Mounting Procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 165 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 8 10 Software Loading Procedure General This describes a full system software loading Base Software Load Image LOGIQ 5 Application procedure Use this in
51. 9 1 at doc X Evi b potus Dole tind af A s 9 1 Renewal Pars Elsls 3 ox testas ee E E Qe S a Rp 9 2 Equipment Models Covered in this 9 2 CHAPTER 10 Periodic Maintenance VIET VIG NEM USE ELE TS T 10 1 Purpose of Chapter 10 su duh doe phat dept de Sandro dut aede d 10 1 Why do Periodic 10 2 Keeping Records 10 2 Assurance 52 1d xb rho Bae peo pnr e Bytes 10 2 Periodic Maintenance Schedule 10 2 How often should PMs be performed 10 2 Special Tools Supplies and 10 4 Preliminary Checks 10 5 23 ci dx edat ede Seth Sa Se bt E t 10 7 10 7 PhYSical INSPECHOM cT 10 8 Probe Maintenance 10 9 Using a Phantom met bx d ewe ETUDES RS 10 10 Electrical Safety TOSS aorta ee be ese 0 8 ote Dae Ae ety ee ee 10 10 Safety Test Overview 10 10 Grounding Continuity 10 12 Isolated Patient Lead Source Leakage Lead to Ground 10 16 Isolated Patient Lea
52. 900E 50 NTSC A5 Color Video Printer SONY UP51MD NTSC PAL A5 Color Printer Mitsubishi See each option installation instructions for installation and connection procedures NOTE There are no external peripheral options for the LOGIQ 5 3 18 Section 3 2 Installation Reminders GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 3 6 4 External I O Connector Panel Located on the rear panel are video input and output connectors audio input and output camera expose connectors footswitch connector power connector and control connections for VCR printer and service tools This section indicates the pin assignment for each connector Remote 1 G B Shutter OA Color Printer Remote 2 Cmpst In Audio In o mies Vedeo In Cmpst Out Audio Out B W Camera Shutter 4 ZZ Foot Switch O Service Rec Expose Vedeo Out Circuit Breaker 220 240V 500VA Max Including front printer panel Figure 3 21 Rear Connector Panel NOTE Each outer case ground line of peripheral accessory connectors are protectively grounded Signal ground lines are not isolated except the Service port 3 All of signal lines include signal GND of the Service port are isolated Chapter 3 Installation 3 19 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL External I O Pin Outs Table 3 6 Pin Assignments of RS232C for R
53. All diagnostic test item of PMP should be passed 3 4 5 Ub GEMS Service Home Page Insite_Browser Error Logs agni T tes Image Quality Calibration Configuration C 7 Detect Range 381 190 Criteria 276 Detect Range 361 190 Criteria 277 Detect Range 301 190 Criter a 250 Detect Range 381 190 Criteria 250 Detect Range 301 190 Criteria 266 Detect Range 381 190 Criteria 268 Detect Range 301 190 Criteria 259 Detect Range 381 190 Criteria 259 Detect Range 301 190 Criteria 245 Deteot Range 361 190 Criteria 245 Detect Range 101 190 Criteria 758 Deteot Range 381 190 Criteria 257 Au n Test Detect Range 301 190 Criteria 763 High Gain Test VCA Mid Gain Test Completed on Tue 26 11 30 54 PDT 2000 Figure 4 43 PMP Diagnostic test 6 Check the system basic functions Refer to Section 4 3 4 System B M Mode Checks on page 4 7 Refer to Section 4 3 5 System CFM and PWD Checks on page 4 9 4 42 Section 4 9 Board Function Checks GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 9 4 RDS Assy function check procedure 1 Turn on the system and check the completion of Echoloader loading 2 Do the Service Login Refer to the Section 5 10 2 2 Service Login on page 5 33 Select Diagnostics gt LOGIQ 5 Diagnostics gt FRU Test gt RDS Full Test Execute the diagnostic test All diagnostic test item of RDS s
54. Connect CON21 Connector to BEP CON 21 Cable Figure 1 107 CON21 cable connection 10 Connection COM1 Connector to Serial Port on BEP NOTE COM1 Cable Connect to Motherboard Serial Port D SUB 9 Pin Male COM1 cable Figure 1 108 COM1 cable connection 8 106 Section 8 8 PC Block GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 8 1 5 BEP Cable Connection with Console In case of change BEP 1 into 2 or BEP3 11 Connection Keyboard Printer connector to USB Port on BEP USB Port es Printer Figure 1 109 Keyboard Printer connector 12 Connect ATX Power to ATX Power cable Figure 1 110 ATX Power cable connector Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 107 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 8 1 6 BEP Cable Connection With Console In case of change to BTO5 BEP3 FRU on BTO5 SYSTEM 1 Push the BEP Assy into The System and then Connect PCI Cable 2 Check the PCI cable is arranged without short before connecting PCI cable to BEP 3 Connect the PCI cable to the BEP assy Cable Figure 8 111 cable connection 4 Connect the J2 Cable connector to the BEP J2 cable connector Figure 1 112 J2 cable connection 8 108 Section 8 8 PC Block GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 8 1 6 BEP Cable Connection With Console In case o
55. FOR RECOVERY OF A SYSTEM THAT WILL NOT BOOT UP APPLICATION SOFTWARE WILL NEED TO BE INSTALLED WHEN THIS PROCEDURE HAS COMPLETED ALL PATIENT DATA IS PRESERVED C Exit to the a PROMPT Please make your selection from the above choices OC C Are you sure you want to load the complete disk XV N gt V Figure 8 221 Confirm Screen NOTICE Select A when installing the new HDD BEP replacement Select B when replacing C Partition only It means all customer data are NOT deleted The Ghost pro cedure is performed with data of the drives D E and F left Table 2 59 Drive Partition Drive Partition Usage 0 System Files and Application D User Defined and Preset E Patient Archive data F Swap NOTE For versions of software R3 x x your presets will be automatically translated carried forward when the R3 0 0 software is loaded onto your system Therefore you DO NOT have to load your after the upgrade to R4 X X softwaree 8 182 Section 8 11 Installing Base Software Load Image GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 11 1 Installing Base Software Load Image CD cont d 15 Approx ten 10 minutes later the gray colored screen appears Eject the Base Software Load Image CD Disk 1 of 2 from the drive and Insert the Base Software Load Image CD Disk 2 of 2 And then Select to OK button to continue Span Volume 11 Done C1660
56. Installation Reminders GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 3 6 1 2 Physical Dimensions The physical dimensions of the LOGIQ 5 unit are summarized in Table 3 2 on page 3 17 The Size of LOGIQ 5 with monitor and peripherals Table 3 2 Physical Dimensions of LOGIQ 5 WEIGHT 180Kg 397 05 including Monitor NOTE Lengthis in mm Variation 10 1350 0 800 900 Figure 3 20 Overall Dimensions 3 6 1 3 Weight without Monitor and Peripherals Table 3 3 Weight of LOGIQ 5 With Monitor and Without Other Peripherals LOGIQ 5 Approximately 180 Approximately 397 3 6 1 4 Acoustic Noise Output Less than 70dB A according to DIN 45635 19 01 KL2 Chapter 3 Installation 3 17 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 3 6 2 Electrical Specifications Table 3 4 Electrical Specifications for LOGIQ 5 110 120 VAG 10 12 50 60Hz 220 240 5 5 5A 50 60Hz 3 6 3 On Board Optional Peripherals Table 3 5 List of Recording Devices B W Video Printer SONY UP 895MDW NTSC PAL P 91 AP9500 NTSC B W Video Printer Mitsubishi P91W NTSC PAL 91 NTSC PAL SVO 9500MD NTSC Video Cassette Recorder SONY SVO 9500 MDP AG MD835 Video Cassette Recorder Panasonic AG MD835P AG MD835E 21 NTSC PAL A6 Color Video Printer SONY UP 21MDS NTSC CP 900 A6 Color Video Printer Mitsubishi CP900UM CP
57. It talks about several topics e Clipboard Printing Images Browsing and Managing an Exam s Stored Image e Connectivity and Dataflow Concept and Creation Starting an Exam e Configuring Connectivity e TCP IP Services Destinations e Buttons Views Verifying and Pinging a Device Chapter 4 Functional Checks 4 13 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 3 10 Using the CD RW MOD Magneto Optical Drive 4 3 10 1 Using the CD RW A NOTICE Never move the unit with a disk in the CD RW because the drive actuator will not be locked and the CD RW could break Push the EJECT button the disk tray will appear Put the disk onto the disk tray Press the EJECT button to insert the disk into the CD RW device There are a number of methods to eject a disk from the CD RW Ejection is automatic in some cases Manual ejection methods listed in preferred order of use are a Press EJECT button on the CD RW while system is ON b Press and hold EJECT button while the system is booting c Mechanical ejection Insert the end of a paper clip into the hole next to the EJECT button while system power is OFF AN NOTICE Avoid mechanical ejection whenever possible Mechanical ejection leaves the actuator unlocked and the MOD susceptible to damage if moved If forced to use this method reboot the system then insert and eject a known good disk using one of the
58. LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Networking Pre installation Requirements Purpose of DICOM Network Function DICOM services provide the operator with clinically useful features for moving images and patient information over a hospital network Examples of DICOM services include the transfer of images to workstations for viewing or transferring images to remote printers As an added benefit transferring images in this manner frees up the on board monitor and peripherals enabling viewing to be done while scanning continues With DICOM images can be archived stored and retrieved faster easier and at a lower cost DICOM Option Pre installation Requirements To configure the LOGIQ 5 to work with other network connections the site s network administrator must provide some necessary information Information must include A host name local port number AE Title IP address and Net Mask for the LOGIQ 5 The IP addresses for the default gateway and other routers at the site for ROUTING INFORMATION host name IP address port and AE Title for each device the site wants connected to the LOGIQ 5 for DICOM APPLICATION INFORMATION A field for the make manufacturer and the revision of the device is also included This information may be useful for solving errors Section 2 3 Facility Needs 2 3 5 2 3 5 1 2 3 5 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL PORT Lo
59. LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 10 5 2 2 Peripheral Option Checks If any peripherals or options are not part of the system configuration the check can be omitted Refer to the User Manual for a list of approved peripherals options Table 10 6 GE Approved Peripheral Hardware Option Functional Checks 5 InSite iLing Verify that InSite is functioning properly Ensure two way remote communications Warranty amp Contract Customers only Camera Verify hardcopy output of the film camera Clean as necessary Footswitch Verify that the footswitch is functioning as programed Clean as necessary 8 Ece Verify basic operation with customer 10 5 3 Input Power 10 5 3 1 Mains Cable Inspection Table 10 7 Mains Cable Inspection Se wm Unplug Cord Disconnect the mains cable from the wall and system Inspect it and its connectors for damage of any kind 3 Verify Verify that the LINE NEUTRAL and GROUND wires are properly attached to the terminals and that no strands may cause a short circuit Inlet connector retainer is functional 10 5 4 Cleaning 10 5 4 1 General Cleaning Table 10 8 General Cleaning 1 Console Use a fluid detergent in warm water on a soft damp cloth to carefully wipe the entire system Be careful not to get the cloth too wet so that moisture does not enter the console Probe Holder Clean probe holders they may need to be soaked to remove excess gel C
60. Maintenance 10 13 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 10 8 1 Chassis Leakage Current Test 10 8 1 1 Definition This test measures the current that would flow in a grounded person who touched accessible metal parts of the bedside station if the ground wire should break The test verifies the isolation of the power line from the chassis The meter is connected from accessible metal parts of the case to ground Measurements should be made with the unit On and Off with the power line polarity Normal and Reversed Record the highest reading AN CAUTION Electric Shock Hazard When the meter s ground switch is OPEN don t touch the unit AN CAUTION Equipment damage possibility Never switch the Polarity and the status of Neutral when the unit is powered ON Be sure to turn the unit power OFF before switching them using the POLARITY switch and or the NEUTRAL switch Otherwise the unit may be damaged 10 8 1 2 Generic Procedure The test verifies the isolation of the power line from the chassis The testing meter is connected from accessible metal parts of the case to ground Measurements should be made with the unit ON and OFF with the power line polarity Normal and Reversed Record the highest reading of current POWER POLARITY REVERSING OUTLET SWITCH BLACK pr N WHITE i 1 0 G GREEN MOMENTARY SWITCH ACCESSIBLE METAL PARTS LEAKAGE TEST METER Figure 10
61. Model Number Serial Number Probe 8 Frequency Scan Format Model Number Serial Number Probe 9 Frequency Scan Format Model Number Serial Number Scan Format Phased Array Linear Array Curved Array Mechanical Array or Other FUNCTIONAL CHECKS PHYSICAL INSPECTION AND CLEANING OK or Physical Inspection and Cleaning Functional Check if applicable N A if applicable Inspect Clean B Mode Function Console Doppler Modes Function Monitor CF Mode Function Touch Panel M Mode Function Air Filter Applicable Software Options Probe Holders Applicable Hardware Options External I O Control Panel Wheels Brakes amp Swivel Locks Monitor Cables and Connectors Touch Panel QA AE Peripherals VCR CD RW MOD Measurement Accuracy GE Approved Peripherals COMMENTS Chapter 10 Care amp Maintenance 10 23 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Commenis Comments OK OK Value Measured PROBES Max Value Measured Max Value Allowed Max Value Allowed GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 ELECTRICAL SAFETY Electrical Test Performed Outlet correct ground amp wiring config System Ground Continuity Chassis Source Leakage Current Probe Chassis Source Leakage Current Caster Chassis Source Leakage Current CRT Patient Lead Source Leakage Lead to Ground Patient Lead Source Leakage Lead to Lea
62. Panel Screen Display TGC Slidepot Knobs M Operator Console Keyboard Lever B W Printer 4 Front Cover CD ROM MOD ECG Module Probe Connector Front Bumper Swivel Lock amp Brake Release Figure 5 1 LOGIQ 5 Major Components 5 2 Section 5 1 Overview LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL CWDOP Assy Option TXIC FPGA USB ATD Assy Tx Pulse Diver Tx Pulse Driver Tx Pulse Diver Tx Pulse Diver VGA from BEP 6023 L VCA2613 VCA2613 1 2613 2613 1 TET r3 s Key Board Main Controller Controller Power Control From VIC in BEP Assy AC Power Assy GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 Section 5 3 Block Diagram RLY Assy Prb IF LM Probe Connector R Probe i Connector A X Y Probe Connector RLY Control JUSC Buffer AC INPUT Figure 5 2 LOGIQ 5 System Block Diagram Chapter 5 Components and Functions
63. Power On Boot Up Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown Section 4 9 1 RLY Assy function check procedure Service Manual Direction 2300000 Rev 1 Section 8 7 1 Equipment passed all required tests and is ready for use 8 7 1 5 Mounting Procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 91 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 7 2 LMT Assy Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the LMT Assy 8 7 2 1 Tools e Common pillips screwdrivers 8 7 2 2 Needed Manpower person 25 minutes travel 8 7 2 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4 3 2 on page 3 8 7 2 4 Removal Procedure AN CAUTION An electronic discharge may damage a component Turn OFF power and wear the wrist strap before you remove circuit boards Do not unplug the power cord to keep ground continuity Do not bend or flex the boards when mounting dismounting each boards Surface mount IC boards are very susceptible to damage from flex torque 1 Remove the RLY Assy Refer to section section 8 7 1 on page 89 2 Unscrew two 2 screws 1 2 to remove the LMT Board Refer to Figure 8 91 Figure 8 91 Unscrew 2 screws to remove the LMT B d 8 92 Section 8 7 PCB Boards GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 7 2 4 Removal Procedure
64. Printer Checks USB Printer User Only Without any newly additional user invention LOGIQ5 will recognize the below 9 kinds of USB printer HP 990 cxi HP 6122 BEP2 Only HP5550 BEP2 Only Standard Printer This procedure assumes that the LOGIQ5 base image software is installed and application software has been installed and is functioning properly Sony UP D23 Digital Color Printer 1 Attach the USB cable from the printer to the USB port on assigned position Table 8 60 USB Port Position Right USB Port on Rear Connector Panel Standard Printer Left USB Port on Rear Connector Panel Digital Color Printer USB Port on OP Printer Bracket Back Panel Digital BW Printer NOTICE f you Plug in USB printer newly shutdown the system and restart again AN NOTICE Once plug in the cable one side of the USB port do NOT change the cable to another port Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 191 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 11 1 2 USB Printer Checks USB Printer User Only cont d Oe Vedeo In Cmpst Out Audio Out S Video Out Vedeo Out Rec Expose Right Figure 8 240 USB Port Rear Panel Connector Figure 8 241 USB Port OP Printer Bracket Back Panel 2 Make sure that printer properties are proper Image orientation and size Refer to the latest Release Notes 8 1
65. RDI Foot Switch signal to ground gt Keyboard Graphic card in BEP gt VIC External VGA VGA singal output for external VGA monitor gt RAI gt RDI gt 15 DSUB connector Ethernet Standard TCP IP Ethernet BEP gt RDI lt RJ45 conn Phone Line Telephone line of Modem for insite Phone jack gt RDI gt Modem Audio L In Audio R In for RCA Jack gt gt Sound Stereo audio input from VCR for VCR playback card in BEP Composite In S VHS In Composite VCR input and S VHS input signal for for VCR VCR playback BNC connectror gt RAI gt VIC 5 18 Section 5 6 Top Console GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 5 7 2 Peripherals and Cable connection AVCR a Black amp White Video Printer and a Color Printer may be installed onboard the scanner These devices are connected to the External I O Rear Panel or Front Panel in the case of B W Printer 5 7 2 1 B W Printer Cable Connection Analog and Digital Connect the Power cable mini plug cable and the BNC BNC cable between the B W Video Printer and the console as shown in Figure 5 16 on page 5 19 Front Panel of J UPITER Rear Panel of B WPrinter Analog Cable Connection Front Panel of J UPITER Eis T Composite Z
66. SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 8 OP Panel A N Keyboard Assy Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace OP Panel A N Keyboard Assy 8 4 8 1 Tools e pillips screwdrivers 8 4 8 2 Needed Manpower persons 5 minutes travel 8 4 8 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4 3 2 on page 3 e Keyboard Assy should be removed before proceed For more information refer to KeyBoard Assy on section 8 4 1 on page 15 8 4 8 4 Removal Procedure 1 Unscrew five 5 screws and remove the HUB Assy EMC guard Refer to Figure 8 33 Figure 8 33 Removing HUB EMC guard 2 Disconnect two 2 connectors 1 2 from the HUB Board Refer to Figure 8 34 Figure 8 34 Disconnecting 2 connectors Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 29 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Removal Procedure cont d 3 Unscrew eleven 11 screws 1 11 to remove the A N keyboard prefix bracket Refer to Figure 8 35 a dE RS 2 Figure 8 35 Unscrew 11 screws 4 Remove the A N keyboard prefix bracket 5 Unscrew eight 8 screws 1 8 to remove the the A N keyboard Assy Refer to section Figure 8 36 Figure 8 36 Unscrew 8 screws 6 Lift the A N keyboard Assy Carefully 7 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 15 Functional
67. Size Primary Video adapter Frame Buffer Size 8 120 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL USB Configuration USB Function Enable High Speed USB Enable Legacy USB Support Enable USB 2 0 Legacy Support HI Speed Chipset Configuration ISA Enable Bit Disable PCI Latency Time 32 Extended Configuration Default Chipset Memory Timing Control SDRAM Frequency AUTO Not applicable CPU override AUTO Not applicable SDRAM Timing Control AUTO Not applicable SDRAM RAS ACT To Pre 7 Not applicable SDRAM CAS Latency 2 51 Not applicable SDRAM RAS to CAS Delay 3 Not applicable SDRAM RAS Precharge 3 Not applicable Fan Control Configuration Fan Control Enable Lowest Fan Speed Slow Security menu screen Supervisor password Installed User password Not Installed Set Supervisor password User Access Level No Access Set User password Chassis Intrusion Disable Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 121 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Current CDRW 51 State stay off Stay OFF Stay OFF Enable Enable Enable Disable Disable GCE 8526B HDS728080PLAT20 Current HDD Disable 1 Section 8 8 PC Block GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 Power ACPI Suspend State Wake on Lan from S5 After Power Failure Wake On PCI PME Bo
68. System CFM PWD Checks 4 9 Basic Measurements 4 10 Probe Connectors Usage 4 11 Using GINE 4 12 Image Management QG ER Er 4 13 Using the CD RW MOD Magneto Optical Drive 4 14 Software Configuration Checks 000 4 22 Operator Movement 4 24 Software Configuration Checks 2 eT ie lea E RI RR mn ER 4 26 CHAPTER 5 ql RE Ir 5 1 Purpose or Chapter 5 o3 5o use aono wee wes Po prp AUD D 5 1 Block Diagiaii x us tue eS tote oh a 5 93 Front Ena quieres qd xti Voy oerte x Ax Gee WE 7 0 5 5 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 Backend Processor Patient I O Option External I O Rear Panel Peripherals Interconnect Cabling Power Diagrams Overview Air Flow Control Air Flow Distribution Filters Fans Service Platform Introduction Calibration Utilities Replacement PM CHAPTER 6 Overview Purpose of this chapter 6 Regulatory Power Supply Adjustment LV Unit Disassembly Adjustments Procedures Reloading the Probe Data Monitor and LCD Adjustments Contrast and Brightness Adjustment LCD Adjustment Page 8 5 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL CHAPTER 7 Diagnost
69. Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown 2300000 Rev 1 Section 8 4 8 Equipment assed all required tests and is ready for use Section 4 7 5 A N Key assy validation P 0 y Mounting Procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Section 8 4 Keyboard Block 8 4 8 4 8 4 8 5 8 30 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 9 OP Panel Trackball Assy Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace OP Panel Trackball Assy 8 4 9 1 Tools pillips screwdrivers 8 4 9 2 Needed Manpower person 5 minutes travel 8 4 9 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4 3 2 on page 3 e Keyboard Assy should be removed before proceed For more information refer to KeyBoard Assy on section 8 4 1 on page 15 8 4 9 4 Removal Procedure 1 Disconnect two connectors 1 2 from the Trackball Assy Refer to Figure 8 37 Figure 8 37 Disconnect two connectors 2 Unscrew three screws 3 5 to remove the Trackball Assy Refer to Figure 8 38 gt Figure 8 38 Unscrew 3 screws Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 31 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Removal Procedure cont d
70. Write the scfpapitest exe on the command prompt and press Enter button to pop up the scfpapitest program Fr ScFpApiTest ver 1 0 L vason soe j 1 9 9 E Figure 4 24 scfpapitest program 7 Press the keyboard button and rotate rotary button When you press or rotary keys Log dialog box displays the key log Button name and displaying log name is like the table Button or Button or Rotary Name The Name displayed in Log Rotary Name The Name displayed in Log Patient New Patient Button B pause B Pause Button External E n Depth Button Depth PushEncoder Button Userdefine 1 Userdefine 1 Button Depth Rotary Depth PushEncoder Rotary CFM PushEncoder Button CFM PushEncoder Rotary Table 4 8 Button and Rotary table Section 4 7 Keyboard Function Checks 4 7 1 4 26 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL The Name displayed in Log PDI Button PWD PushEncoder Button PWD PushEncoder Rotary CW Button M Mode PushEncoder Button M Mode PushEncoder Rotary Measure Button B Flow Button Comment Button Clear Button Slider 8 51 58 ScanArea Button Spare Button MD Cursor Button Freeze Button GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 Button or Button or Rotary Name The Name displayed in Log Rotary Name Harmonic Harmonics Button PDI Reverse Reverse Button PW Button 1 Print or
71. box is not active It displays Local Archive The FROM combo box is active Select the type of removable media MOD or CD Rom Then please wait until the patient list is visible No Archive Removable MOD Archive Removable CD DVD Figure 8 213 5 The Patient menu just shows the patients available for import from the removable media you just loaded onto the system 6 Select the patients to be imported 7 Once you have selected all of the patients to import press Transfer Button as shown in Figure 8 69 on page 8 119 from the Patient Menu 8 Please wait for the patient information to be copied to this Ultrasound system Progress bar appears while the import is taking place Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 177 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 8 11 Installing Base Software Load Image 8 11 1 Installing Base Software Load Image CD NOTE While we do not believe it is necessary It would not hurt to disconnect the system from the network and remove all transducers 1 Power ON the scanner 2 Tap gently the DEL key until the following screen appears Enter jupiter as a password if the system request a password then press the Enter key Enter CURRENT Password Figure 8 214 Enter Current Password 3 The Setup Utility screen appears Using arrow keys Select Advanced Tab and select USB Configuration and then press the Enter k
72. breaker for dedicated power outlet is easily accessible Sink with hot and cold water Receptacle for bio hazardous waste like used probe sheaths e Emergency oxygen supply Storage for linens and equipment Nearby waiting room lavatory and dressing room e Dual level lighting bright and dim Lockable cabinet ordered by GE for its software and proprietary manuals 2 8 Section 2 3 Facility Needs GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 2 3 4 Recommended and Alternate Ultrasound Room Layout Recommended standard floor plan and a minimal floor plan for ultrasound equipment DEDICATED ALALOG TELEPHONE LINE FOR CONNECTION TO INSITE 18 IN L RSEN SE WEN DEDICATED POWER RECEPTACLE PROCESSING FILM FILM VIEWER L Ll 2 z 2 5 lt x LLI EMERGECY OXYGEN SECRETARYS OR DOCTOR S DESK OVERHEAD PATIENT LIGHTS DIMMER TOILET TATON TA 4 DOOR 42 IN 107 CM A 14 by 17 foot Recommended Floor Plan Scale Each square equals one square foot DEDICATED POWER OUTLETS DEDICATED ANALOG TELEPHONE 4 7 LINE FOR CONNECTION TO INSITE EXAMINARION GE CABINET Mace 76 IN FOT SOFTWARE 193 CM AND MANUALS An 8 by 10 foot Minimal Floor Plan Figure 2 4 RECOMMENDED ULTRASOUND ROOM LAYOUT Chapter 2 Pre Installation 2 9 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1
73. calipers press MEASURE To complete the measurement press SET The system displays the circumference and area in the measurement results window gt YS wv Before you complete a measurement To erase the ellipse and the current data measured press CLEAR once The original caliper is displayed to restart the measurement To exit the measurement function without completing the measurement press CLEAR a second time 4 10 Section 4 3 General Procedure GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 3 6 3 Worksheets Measurement Calculation worksheets are available to display and edit measurements and calculations There are generic worksheets as well as Application specific worksheets The worksheets are selected from the Measurement Touch Panel 4 3 6 4 Report Pages Measurements Calculations that are included on the worksheet can also be displayed on Report Pages Report Pages can be customized to meet the appropriate needs of the user Chapter 4 Functional Checks 4 11 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Probe Connectors Usage Connecting a probe 1 Place the probe s carrying case on a stable surface and open the case 2 Carefully remove the probe and unwrap the probe cable 3 DO NOT allow the probe head to hang free Impact to the probe head could result in irreparable damage 4 Turn the connector lockin
74. check procedure 4 9 13 1 SMPS Assy Test 1 Turn on the system and check the completion of Echoloader loading 2 Check the system basic functions Refer to Section 4 3 4 System B M Mode Checks on page 4 7 Refer to Section 4 3 5 System CFM and PWD Checks on page 4 9 4 9 13 2 HDD Test 1 Refer to Section 4 9 11 2 Basic Function Test on page 4 50 4 9 13 3 ODD Test 1 Turn on the system and check the completion of Echoloader loading 2 Enter Patient Mode 3 Select Transfer button and then Insert CD DVD media which is included patient data Execute Import Check display Success message 4 Select Transfer button and then execute Export Insert empty CD DVD media Check display Success message 5 Execute Ez back up Insert empty CD DVD media Check display Success message 4 52 Section 4 9 Board Function Checks GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL PC2IP Assy function check procedure 1 Turn on the system and check the completion of Echoloader loading 2 Do the Service Login Refer to the Section 5 10 2 2 Service Login on page 5 33 3 Select Diagnostics gt LOGIQ 5 Diagnostics gt FRU Test gt PC2IP Full Test 4 Execute the diagnostic test All diagnostic test item of PC2IP should be passed Uf GEMS Service Home Page Insite_Browser Eror Logs brag Quality CHibewtion Corti guration Replacement A d d Pres
75. click the End Process button c Process pe Processes System Ide Process 0 9 1 48 41 6 System n o 0 00 02 216K SMSS EXE 140 000 WINLOGON DE 164 0 0 00 00 3 576 1 244 0 00 02 00 166 SERVICES OE 216 00 0 00 00 5 144 1555 01 zs 0 00 00 1 152 K a svchost exe 0 0 00 00 3 512 K LEXECES EXE 44 00 0 00 00 2 356 8 lashing exe 44 00 0 00 00 2 068 spocisv axe 457 0 00 00 b VUK LEFPS EXE 42 00 0 00 00 3 192 K svchost exe 0 00 0 00 00 12 908 K 6 0 00 00 3 092 16 66 0 00 00 NK 5 mstack exe 02 00 0 00 00 3 072K un Wiee 76 00 0 00 03 152K xl 0 00 09 00 wh zme D processes Mem Usage 7 Figure 8 178 Task Manager with process dbeng7 exe End Process 6 click the Yes button when task manager warning dialog box 7 Check if windows identify the both HDD IAA aoa 8 Run the window explorer Move the cursor to bottom of the screen and click the window explorer on the task bar Be E Mew Fyvertes Teck tiep Sea Sj X 0 E Agress Computer v Folders x 1 Local De 5 ute Local Duk 341 SYSTEM C CHINE oe e gt Sew F Local 241 Q3 APOMME E la Compoct Compact De QJ wwe
76. drive letter Figure 8 238 Confirm Window Close all windows 3 Driver Checks a On the window XP desktop left click on My Computer then right click on Properties b The System Propertiers window appears Select Hareware gt Device Manager c Verify that X or is not displayed Action View 9 Computer C23 Disk drives Display adapters DVD CD ROM drives 939 Human Interface Devices GA IDE ATA ATAPI controllers 3 Keyboards TA Mice and other pointing devices 3 Monitors lt Multifunction adapters Eusc x ImagePort2 xp Pc2Ip SF Network adapters 5 Ports COM amp LPT g Sound video and game controllers Ml System devices Universal Serial Bus controllers 3 E 8 2 E E FE Figure 8 239 Device Manager If X or is displayed Left click on the device with X mark then right click on Enable Left click on the device with mark then right click on Properties to perform the device driver recognition When some files are required designate the file in the directories of C WINNT SYSTEM32 or CAWINNT SYSTEMS32 DRIVERS If they are not found search them using a window search function 8 190 Section 8 11 Installing Base Software Load Image GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 11 1 2 USB
77. for a specific area A graphic caret corresponding to the focal zone position s appears on the right edge of the image Selects a level below which echoes will not be amplified an Rejection echo must have a certain minimum amplitude before it will be processed Edge Enhance brings out subtle tissue differences and Edge Enhance boundaries by enhancing the gray scale differences corresponding to the edges of structures Adjustments to M Mode s edge enhancement affects the M Mode only Temporal filter that averages frames together This has the Frame Average effect of presenting a smoother softer image Focus Number and Position Enables gray scale image colorization To deactivate reselect Colorize a Gray Map Gray Ma Determines how the echo intensity levels received are MR presented as shades of gray Rotation Up Down Rotates the image by selecting the value from the pop up menu Multi Frequency mode lets you downshift to the probe s next lower q y frequency or shift up to a higher frequency Optimizes B Mode frame rate or spatial resolution for the best Frame Rate Resolution ede possible image Chapter 4 Functional Checks 4 7 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Table 4 3 B M Mode Functions Provides intuitive representation of non quantitative B Flow ap hemodynamics in vascular structures Sensitivity PRI Adjusts the sample rate for the flow signal Ba
78. for use Section 10 5 5 Physical Inspection 8 5 10 5 Mounting procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 57 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 5 11 OP Bottom Cover Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the OP Bottom Cover 8 5 11 1 Tools Common pillips screwdrivers Allen Unbraco wrench 8 5 11 2 Needed Manpower e 1 persons 25 minutes travel 8 5 11 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4 3 2 on page 3 8 5 11 4 Removal Procedure 1 Remove the Left Cover Refer to section 8 5 1 on page 39 Remove the Right Cover Refer to section 8 5 2 on page 41 Remove the Front Base Cover Refer to 1 section 8 5 6 on page 49 Remove the Front Cover Refer to section 8 5 7 on page 51 Remove the OP Side L Cover Refer to section 8 5 8 on page 52 Remove the OP Side R Cover Refer to section 8 5 9 on page 54 Unscrew four 4 screws 1 4 Refer to Figure 8 63 Figure 8 63 Removing the OP Bottom Cover 8 Remove the OP Bottom Cover 8 58 Section 8 5 Covers GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 5 11 4 Removal Procedure cont d 9 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 30 Functional Tests Ser
79. hard disk is accidentally erased or overwritten you can use the emergency disk to restore your lost or damaged data We strongly recommend you to make an Emergency Repair Disk Click Dackup or Restore button to continue Figure 8 257 Backup and Restore Window 8 202 Section 8 12 Full Backup Restore Procedure GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 12 3 Full Backup Procedure cont d 7 Press Backup Then the below window pops up Welcome to Emergency Disk Making Wizard Welcome to Fmergency Disk Making Wizaril The Emergency Disk Making Wizard will backup Dataliase Image User preset and Service Data Plug USR HDD and Click Next button to continue NM Figure 8 258 Emergency Disk Making Wizard 8 Insert a USB HDD NOTE It might take about 30 seconds for the system to recognize the USB HDD 9 Press Next 10 Select USB HDD for backup when Select Drive window is displayed Storage Information Storage Information Disk space need 70 49 MD Disk space avallable 37 23 GB Please click Next to continue Figure 8 259 Select USB HDD Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 203 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 12 3 Full Backup Procedure cont d 11 USB HDD with enough space is not already plugged in plug in one Then press Next Welcome to Emergency Disk Making Wizard Welco
80. into Nest box which is composed of BACKPLANE board and other several daughter boards The PMP ASSY have main three blocks Pre amp and Gain Control and Mode control block the PMP ASSY amplifies the echo signals The mode control block selects a maximum gain code via dedicated control signals from FEC The analog signal provided by Gain Control block gives total amplified gain The block diagram above of the PMP ASSY for a received signal is given Actually there are 64 channels equivalent to figure above for a PMP ASSY The Pre amp block consists of Low Noise Amplifier LNA and Variable Gain Amplifier VGA A received signal is amplified by LNA fixed gain then amplified by VGA variable gain 5 8 Section 5 4 Front End GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL ATD THV High HV Switch Circuit THV Low Tx Pulse 63 48 Tx Pulse 47 32 Address Controller Tx Pulse 31 16 JUSC Data Bufer Tx Pulse 15 00 Board Select Controler Figure 5 8 ATD Block Diagram Overview The ATD ASSY Advanced Transmit Driver generate bipolar transmit pulse for probe This ASSY has 64 channels transmit signal drivers Transmit Pulse Generator ASIC control FPGA and so on Transmit pulse are generated by TPG2 ASIC Each TPG2 ASIC makes 16 channels signal
81. is ready for use Section 10 5 5 Physical Inspection Mounting procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Section 8 5 Covers 8 5 1 4 8 5 1 5 8 40 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 5 2 Right Cover Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Right Cover 8 5 2 1 5 e pillips screwdrivers 8 5 2 2 Needed Manpower person 5 minutes travel 8 5 2 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4 3 2 on page 3 8 5 2 4 Removal Procedure 1 Turn OFF the system 2 Unscrew 3 screws 1 3 3 Remove the Right Cover Refer to Figure 8 49 Figure 8 49 Removing the right cover Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 41 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Removal Procedure cont d 4 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 21 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown Service Manual Direction 2300000 Rev 1 Section 8 5 2 Equipment Section 4 8 2 Cover Parts Function Validation passed all required tests and is ready for use Section 10 5 5 Physical Inspection Mounting procedure Install the n
82. of a separately derived system Polarity reversing switch Patient connected leads Appliance POWER OUTLET Internal circuitry Between each patient lead and ground Building Insulating surface ground Current meter Grounding contact switch use in both H Hot open and closed positions N Neutral grounded G Grounding conductor Figure 10 4 Test Circuit for Measuring Non Isolated Patient Leads Table 10 17 Testing Power Conditions 10 16 Section 10 8 Grounding Continuity 0 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Table 10 17 Testing Power Conditions ECG Power Meter s Polarity Switch Meter s Neutral Switch Isolated Patient Lead Source Leakage Lead to Lead Reference the procedure in the IEC 60601 1 When using the Dale 600 switch the meter s function selector to the LEAD LEAD position Select and test each of the five ECG lead positions except ALL on the LEAD selector testing each to the power condition combinations found in the table Record the highest leakage current measured Isolated Patient Lead Sink Leakage Isolation Test Reference the procedure in the IEC 60601 1 When using the Dale 600 switch the meter s function selector to the LEAD ISO Select the ALL position on the lead selector Depress the rocker switch to ISO TEST to test lead isolation Line voltage is applied to the ECG leads during this test To avoid possible electric s
83. of removal Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 25 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 6 OP Panel TGC Assy Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace OP Panel TGC Assy 8 4 6 1 Tools Common pillips screwdrivers 8 4 6 2 Needed Manpower persons 5 minutes travel 8 4 6 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4 3 2 on page 3 e Keyboard Assy should be removed before proceed For more information refer to KeyBoard Assy on section 8 4 1 on page 15 8 4 6 4 Removal Procedure 1 Remove eight 8 TGC knobs from the upper side of the Keyboard Refer to Figure 8 30 Figure 8 30 Removing TGC Knobs 2 Disconnect the TGC connector from the back side of the keyboard 3 Unscrew four 4 screws and Remove the TGC Assy from the keyboard TGC Connector Figure 8 31 Unscrew 4 screws and remove TGC Assy 8 26 Section 8 4 Keyboard Block GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 6 4 Removal Procedure cont d 4 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 13 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown 2300000 Rev 1 Section 8 4 6
84. ready for use Section 4 3 4 System B M Mode Checks P 3 y Section 4 3 5 System CFM and PWD Checks Mounting Procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Section 8 9 Power Block Section 4 9 18 Transformer function check procedure 2300000 Rev 1 Section 8 9 4 Equipment 8 9 4 4 8 9 4 5 8 162 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL AC Power Box Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the AC Power Box Tools e pillips screwdrivers Allen Unbraco wrench Needed Manpower e 1 person 15 minutes travel Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4 3 2 on page 3 Power Assy should be removed before proceed Refer to AC POWER ASSY DISASSEMBLY on section 8 9 1 on page 153 Removal Procedure Do not wear the ESD wrist strap when you remove a part of power supply unit Turn OFF power and unplug the power cord before removing a part of power supply unit However be sure to turn off power and wear the strap before you remove a circuit boards 1 Unscrew six screws 1 6 and remove the AC Power Box cover Refer to Figure 8 193 Figure 8 193 Unscrew 6 screws to remove AC Power Box 2 Remove the AC Power left side cover Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 163 8 9 5 8 9 5 1 8 9 5 2 8 9 5 3 8 9 5 4 A CAUTION GE MEDICAL SYST
85. release cable and mechanical parts omes 2 m wee omm ure Chapter 9 Renewal Parts GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 9 9 PCB BOARDS Figure 9 6 PCB BOARDS 9 12 Section 9 3 Renewal Parts Lists LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 Section 9 9 BOARDS Table 9 6 PCB BOARDS Part Part Name Number Description PROBE INTERFACE RELAY EJ RLY ASSY 2299950 ASSY 501 LMT ASSY 2324741 LIMITER ASSY BACKPLANE FOR CONNECTION BACKPLANE 2299961 OF END ASSYS PMP ASSY 2299949 RECEIVING PREAMP ASSY DC FAN ASSY 2299988 COOLING FAN SIG ASSY 2299951 Rx Tx ASSY 2299162 2 FRONT END CONTROL ASSY 507 RDS ASSY 2299947 RECEIVE DELAY SUMMING ASSY STEERING CW DOPPLER EJ CWDOP ASSY 2324742 PROCESSIGN ASSY ATD ASSY 2299948 2 ADVANCED Rd DELAY HV ASSY 2324743 2 HIGH VOLTAGE Figure 9 7 PCB BOARDS Chapter 9 Renewal Parts Section 9 3 Renewal Parts Lists 14 Figure 9 8 PC BLOCK DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 Section 9 10 PC BLOCK GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 9 10 PC BLOCK Table 9 7 PC BLOCK Part sem BEP2 ASSY WITH CABLE AND CD 2379029 BEFZAS
86. s temperature is below 10 C or above 40 AN CAUTION Equipment damage possibility Turning the system on without acclimation after arriving at site may cause the system to be damaged Table 3 3 Acclimation Time PPS sss S E Ee pps per ep e e e e o en n 3 2 Section 3 2 Installation Reminders GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 3 2 3 Safety Reminders WHEN USING ANY TEST INSTRUMENT THAT IS CAPABLE OF OPENING THE AC GROUND LINE I E METER S GROUND SWITCH IS OPEN DON T TOUCH THE UNIT Two people should unpack the unit because of its weight Two people are required whenever a part weighing 19kg 35 Ib or more must be lifted If the unit is very cold or hot do not turn on its power until it has had a chance to acclimate to its operating environment To prevent electrical shock connect the unit to a properly grounded power outlet Do not use a three to two prong adapter This defeats safety grounding Do NOT wear the ESD wrist strap when you work on live circuits and more than 30 V peak is present Do not use a 20 Amp to 15 Amp adapter on the 120 Vac unit s power cord This unit requires a dedicated 20 A circuit and can have a 15A plug if the on board peripherals do not cause the unit to draw more than 14 0 amps Do not operate this unit unless all board covers and frame panels are securely in pla
87. service recorded in step 6 Section 7 4 1 Chapter 7 Diagnostics Troubleshooting 7 7 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 7 5 Diagnostics As described in Components and Fuctions Theory the service platform uses a web based user interface UI to provide access to common service components The Diagnostic home page displays a listing of test categories consisting of Common Diagnostics and LOGIQ5 Diagnostics Expand the desired main category to select groups or individual tests Figure 7 6 Diagnostics 7 8 Section 7 5 Diagnostics GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 7 6 Common Diagnostics Common Diagnostics is the first main heading under the GSUI heading of Diagnostics Figure 7 7 shows the top level menu choices under Common Diagnostics The subheadings and their respective diagnostic troubleshooting menu choices are called out and described in the sections below Figure 7 7 Common Diagnostics 7 6 1 Utilities Provides two selections 7 6 1 1 Disruptive Mode 7 6 1 2 Allows you to enable or disable disruptive mode troubleshooting System Shutdown Allows for system shutdown from the diagnostic menu Select to Hestart System or Shutdown System Also select to retain Disruptive Mode or Not After submitting to restart or shutdown a confirmation screen gives one last chance to confirm or cancel the
88. system controls that affect this mode of operation CF Mode Verify basic CF Mode Color Flow Mode operation Check the basic system controls that affect this mode of operation Doppler Modes Verify basic Doppler operation PW and CW if available Check the basic system controls that affect this mode of operation M Mode Verify basic M Mode operation Check the basic system controls that affect this mode of operation Verify the basic operation of all optional modes such as Multi Image 3D Contrast Applicable Software Options Harmonics Cine Stress Echo etc Check the basic system controls that affect each options operation Xmit Recv Elements Use the Visual Channel Utility on the 10L probe to verify that all system xmit recv channels are functional Keyboard Test Perform the Keyboard Test Procedure to verify that all keyboard controls are OK Monitor Verify basic Monitor display functions Refer to Chapter 3 of the User Manual Touch Panel Verify basic Touch Panel display functions Refer to Chapter 3 of the User Manual Scan a gray scale phantom and use the measurement controls to verify distance and area Measurements calculation accuracy Refer to the User Manual Chapter 18 for measurement accuracy specifications NOTE Some software may be considered standard depending upon system model configuration 10 6 Section 10 5 System Maintenance GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2
89. tested peripheral here z z 2 Chapter 10 Care amp Maintenance 10 15 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 10 8 2 Isolated Patient Lead Source Leakage Lead to Ground 10 8 2 1 Definition This test measures the current which would flow to ground from any of the isolated ECG leads The meter simulates a patient who is connected to the monitoring equipment and is grounded by touching some other grounded surface Measurements should be made with the ground open and closed with power line polarity normal and reversed and with the ultrasound console Off and On For each combination the operating controls such as the lead switch should be operated to find the worst case condition CAUTION Equipment damage possibility Never switch the Polarity when the unit is powered ON Be sure A to turn the unit power OFF before switching the polarity using the POLARITY switch Otherwise the unit may be damaged 10 8 2 2 Generic Procedure Measurements should be made with the ground open and closed with power line polarity normal and reversed and with the unit Off and On For each combination the operating controls such as the lead switch should be operated to find the worst case condition Appliance power switch use both off and on positions Patient lead selector switch if any The connection is at service entrance activated as required or on the supply side
90. that will only accept numeric values of 4 digits or less When the switch is configured as an execute switch and pressed the loop count field will be queried to determine the number of times to execute the diagnostic 5 Progress Indicator Displays a graphical progress indicator for the user 6 Short Text Message Displays brief messages about the test s progress during execution 7 Status Frame Background Color Initially gray the Status Frame background color changes upon completion of a diagnostic to indicate completion status Code Status Fail Red Code Status Pass Green Code Status neither Pass nor Fail Example Aborted Gray default color 7 12 Section 7 7 LOGIQ5 Diagnostics GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Cable to RDi board in Rear Panel and Keyboard for Power switch Assy Info and Edit Revison Xj Info i ASSY SERIAL NO ASSY PART NO 855 Fec 282007020 p RDSG a RDS1 fs pate a Update pap RLY reu upaate 0020301704 777 2316808 pate vit 200208069016 2285791 Refresh all Exit Status Finished 4 Figure 7 8 Diagnostic Group Selections SCB Tests Connect J4 connector in RDi board with CON4 connector in keyboard e to assy to
91. unit gt Rear lower left for HV unit cooling e Pass Bottom RLY Box Assy gt Rear upper right for RLY Box Assy cooling Pass Bottom Filter gt Nest Assy gt Rear upper right for Nest Assy cooling 5 9 2 Filters The scanner contains the four filters located at Front bottom for air flow of the BEP Assy and Nest Assy Rear bottom for air flow of BEP Assy Left and Right side for airflow of the AC power Assy 5 30 Section 5 9 Air Flow GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 5 31 5 9 3 5 Fans for AC Power Assy Fans for Nest Assy Figure 5 26 Fans The scanner contains the eight fans at the following positions for producing an air flow One fan Insde the LV unit for air flow pass C One fan On the BEP assy for air flow pass B Four fans At the top of the NEST Assy for air flow pass A C Two fans at the top of the AC Power assy for air flow pass A C Chapter 5 Components and Functions GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 5 10 Service Platform 5 10 1 Introduction The Service Platform contains a set of software modules that are common to all ultrasound and cardiology systems containing a PC backend This web enabled technology provides linkage to e Services e Commerce and the iCenter making GE s scanners more e enabled than ever The Service Platform will inc
92. 00 Rev 1 Section 8 3 1 Equipment Section 4 6 1 CRT Assy function check procedure passed all required tests and is ready for use Section 10 5 2 Functional Checks See Also Chapter 4 Mounting procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 3 8 3 1 4 8 3 1 5 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 3 1 6 Monitor Calibration Purpose This procedure describe the monitor calibation procedure for newly installed monitor or CRT assembly The newly installed monitor should be adjusted the gain uniformity for each RGB analog singal which come from VGA port of BEP assy Enable test pattern for calibration 1 Set the display screen to reference for monitor calibration Select the utility button on LCD gt Select the Test Pattern button on LCD gt Move the trackball cursor to the White button on monitor screen Then calibration reference screen would be show up on monitor screen Figure 8 4 Reference Screen for Monitor Calibration 2 Monitor OSD Menu selection Left Button Move the OSD cursor to laft direction Center Dutton Tum on OSD menu or enable highlighted menu Right Button Move the OSD cursor to laft direction Figure 8 5 Monitor OSD Menu push the center button for more 4 seconds untilOSD menu is turned on Push the right button 4 times to move to RGB icon If the RGB icon become highli
93. 169 ATX SMPS Replacement 3 Open the BEP metal cover 4 Disconnect all power connector from ATX smps in motherboard and hard disk and CD RW Figure 8 170 Inside of BEP Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 145 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 8 3 4 Removal Procedure cont d 5 Unscrew 2 screws on theATX power bracket 6 Take out the ATX smps Figure 8 171 Take out the ATX SMPS 7 To remove Hard disk and CDRW Unplug the IDE cable for HDD or CDRW drive and power connector 8 Unscrew the screws on the chassi for fixture 9 Take out CDRW or Hard disk 4 screws for CDRW 4 screws for MOD 4 screws for Patient IO 2 screws for Hard Disk Figure 8 172 Screws for Peripheral in BEP 8 146 Section 8 8 PC Block GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 8 3 4 Removal Procedure cont d 10 Move the CDRW guide braket to new FRU Figure 8 173 CDRW Guide bracket 11 Mode Jumper Hard disk and CDRW should be set as Master drive Confirm the mode setting jumper in hard disk and CDRW 12 Enter BIOS set up Mode Password Jupiter 13 Change the Diskette configuration of the Advanced Menu Screen in the BIOS set up menu as follows Change the Diskette Controller to Enable Change the FLOPPYA to Disabled J Change the Diskette Write Protect Disabled 14 Press F10 SAVE AND EXIT to save the BIOS se
94. 3 Set Up for Chassis Source Leakage Current IEC 601 1 Clause 19 Continuos Leakage Currents and Patient Auxiliary Currents When using the Microguard or a similar test instrument its power plug may be inserted into the wall outlet and the equipment under test is plugged into the receptacle on the panel of the meter This places the meter in the grounding conductor and the current flowing from the case to ground will be indicated in any of the current ranges The maximum allowable limit for chassis source leakage is shown in Table 10 12 10 14 Section 10 8 Grounding Continuity GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 7 Follow the test conditions described for respective test points shown in Table 10 15 Table 10 15 Chassis Leakage Current Test Condition TEST CONDITION Mounting screw for probe receptacle Mounting screw for peripheral plugged into unit Mounting screw for other peripheral powered by unit 8 Keep a record of the results with other hard copies of PM data kept on site 10 8 1 3 Data Sheet for Chassis Source Leakage Current The test passes when all readings measure less than the value shown in Table 10 12 Record all data on the PM Inspection Certificate Table 10 16 Typical Data Sheet for Chassis Source Leakage Current Tester Neutral Test 1 Tester Polarity or Ground Probe Test 2 Test 3 Optional Optional Switch Switch Connector caster CRT Test 4 Test 5 Enter Name of
95. 37 Criteria 193 PASS 130 Detect Range 373 37 Criteria 203 Detect Range 373 37 Criteria 178 Assy Revision Test RLY 1 RLY 2 Completed on Tue Aug 26 11 44 46 PDT 2008 RLY 3 GWDOP Figure 4 42 RLY diagnostic test 8 Activate probe Refer to Section 4 3 7 2 Activating the probe on page 4 12 9 Check the system basic functions Refer to Section 4 3 4 System B M Mode Checks on page 4 7 Refer to Section 4 3 5 System CFM and PWD Checks on page 4 9 10 Disconnect probe Refer to Section 4 3 7 4 Disconnecting the probe on page 4 12 11 Connect probe on port2 and repeat step 8 10 12 Connect probe on port3 and repeat step 8 10 13 basic functions must show correct operation as described Chapter 4 Functional Checks 4 41 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 9 2 LMT Assy function check procedure 1 Turn on the system and check the completion of Echoloader loading 2 Check the system basic functions Refer to Section 4 3 4 System B M Mode Checks on page 4 7 Refer to Section 4 3 5 System CFM and PWD Checks on page 4 9 4 9 3 PMP Assy function check procedure 1 Turn on the system and check the completion of Echoloader loading 2 Do the Service Login Refer to the Section 5 10 2 2 Service Login on page 5 33 Select Diagnostics gt LOGIQ 5 Diagnostics gt FRU Test gt PMP Full Test Execute the diagnostic test
96. 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown passed all required tests and is ready for use Mounting Procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Section 8 7 PCB Boards 8 7 5 4 8 7 5 5 8 100 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 8 8 PC Block 8 8 1 BEP Back End Processor BEP1 BEP2 BEP3 BT05 BEP3 BEP4 ASSY Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Parts in the BEP BEP2 and BEP3 Assy NOTE All BEP2 and BEP3 and commonly named as in this procedure 8 8 1 1 Tools Common pillips screwdrivers 8 8 1 2 Needed Manpower e 2 persons 15 minutes travel 8 8 1 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4 3 2 on page 3 Left Cover Right Cover and Rear Cover should be removed before proceed Refer to section 8 5 1 on page 39 section 8 5 2 on page 41 and section 8 5 3 on page 43 8 8 1 4 General Procedures of BEP2 Assy Disassembly 8 Open the EMI Cover L Assy 9 Open the rear cover and EMI Rear Bracket 10 Disconnect all the connectors connected With the BEP 11 Unscrew eight 8 screws 1 8 and take out the BEP Power plug 9 12 Take out the BEP assy to forward direction 2 3 Figure 8 98 Take out the BEP assy from the console Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 101 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGI
97. 57 2 Figure 8 57 Removing OP Curtain L BRKT 8 52 Section 8 5 Covers GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 5 8 4 Removal Procedure cont d 7 Unscrew five screws 3 7 and remove OP Side L Cover Refer to Figure 8 58 3 5 6 Figure 8 58 Unscrew 5 screws to remove OP L Cover NOTE Different screw in length is used in the location Number 7 8 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 27 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown Service Manual Direction 2300000 Rev 1 Section 8 5 8 Equipment Section 4 8 2 Cover Parts Function Validation passed all required tests and is ready for use Section 10 5 5 Physical Inspection 8 5 8 5 Mounting procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 53 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL OP Side R Cover Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the OP Side R Cover Tools e Common pillips screwdrivers Allen Unbraco wrench Needed Manpower person 25 minutes travel Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4 3 2 on page 3 Remova
98. 75 26 03 50 00 20 00 49 1 57 5 160 00 5 160 0 625 625 576 LOGIQ 5 Table 3 14 Video Specifications 1024x768 75Hz 60 02 16 66 78 75 3 66 1 22 0 20 13 00 75 03 13 33 32 0 53 3 50 00 1 16 66 800 768 Timing Parameter Horizontal Rate kHz Horizontal Period us Pixel Clock MHz H Blank Width us H Sync Width us H Front Porch us Active Horizontal Period us Vertical Rate Hz Vertical Period ms V Sync Width lines ms V Front Porch lines us Equalization Gate lines us Lines Field Frame Active Lines Frame Section 3 2 Installation Reminders 3 6 5 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 3 7 Available Probes See Specifications in the LOGIQ 5 User Reference Manual for probes and intended use See Chapter 9 for part numbers to be used when ordering new or replacement probes Section 3 8 Software Option Configuration Refer to the LOGIQ 5 Basic User Manual Chapter 16 Customizing Your System for information on configuring items like Hospital Department Language Units of measure Date Time and Date Format For information on configuring Software Options Refer to the LOGIQ 5 Basic User Manual Chapter 16 Customizing Your System For information on configuring DICOM Connectivity Refer to the LOGIQ 5 Basic User Manual Chapter 16 Customizing Your System Ch
99. 8 72 Section 8 6 Body Block GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Rear Panel Assy Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Rear Panel Assy Tools e pillips screwdrivers Allen Unbraco wrench Needed Manpower e 1 persons 40 minutes travel Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4 3 2 on page 3 Removal Procedure 1 Remove the Left Cover Refer to section 8 5 1 on page 39 2 Remove the Right Cover Refer to section 8 5 2 on page 41 3 Remove the Rear Cover Refer to section 8 5 3 on page 43 4 Unscrew eight 8 screws 5 12 to remove the EMI rear Bracket Refer to Figure 8 73 Figure 8 73 Unscrew 8 screws to remove EMI brkt Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 73 8 6 2 8 6 2 1 8 6 2 2 8 6 2 3 8 6 2 4 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 6 2 4 Removal Procedure cont d 5 Disconnect 8 connectors 1 8 from the left side of the Panel Refer to Figure 8 74 External VGA Connector Isolated Power Connector Power Control Connector Rear Digital Signal Connector Main S W and HDD LED Signal Connector USB Down Stream Connector InSite Connector Ethernet Connector O NOT COs Figure 8 74 Disconnecting 8 Connectors 6 Disconnect 9 connectors 9 17 from the ri
100. 9 09 Human Interface Devices 9 99 IDE ATA ATAPI controllers CJ HD5728080PLAT20O 9 8 Keyboards Monitors IBI System devices 3Y fl ea Figure 8 132 Disk Driver Check Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 8 1 9 Check the Device Driver Configuration BEP3 cont d 2 Display adapter check E Device Manager ZU xj aton vew f E l Computer 23 Disk drives Displav adapters LB mires eons conte InteXR 62665 Graphics Controller 2 DVD CD ROM drives 90 Human Interface Devices IDE ATAJATAPI controllers amp B Keyboards f Mice and other pointing devices Monitors Mukifunction adapters M3 Network adapters Porte COM amp LPT Sound video and game controllers System devices Universal Serial Bus controllers Secondary display PCI graphic card Primary display Onboard 865G chipset 2 2 2 4 8 ES Figure 8 133 Display adapter Check 3 DVD CD ROM driver check Device Manager yew i 22 OVDJCD ROM drives Current installed ODD ATAJATAPI controllers Keyboards y Mice and other pointing devices Monkors th Muitfunction adapters m Network adapters E Ports C
101. 92 Section 8 11 Installing Base Software Load Image GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 11 1 3 DMC Checks DMC User Only 1 Check DMC Cable USB to Serial Bridge NOTE DMC Cable is supplied only as an option 2 Plug in the Cable as shown on the right side of the USB port Refer to Figure 8 242 Figure 8 242 DMC Cable Ensure USB to Serial Bridge port is COM4 Trackball to My computer icon and left click Right click on Properties Right click on the hardware tab Right click on the device manager in the middle right of the hardware tab window Expand ports COM amp LPT If not COM4 Proceed as followed Double click USB to Serial Bridge as shown Figure 8 243 O 4 5 itor yew D IDE controllers E QB verbosrds Mice and other porting devices H Monkors Mutfuncbon adapters P Mg Network adapters amp Perts COM wT Communications Port COMI F Comenanicatons Port COMZ Preter Port UPT1 Sound video and game controllers i System Universal Serial Bus controllers aS p Figure 8 243 Device Manaer Window Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 193 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 11 1 3 DMC Checks DMC User Only cont d 10 Right click on port setti
102. AC Power Assy Connect J6 connector in board with CON1 connector in AC Power Assy e to RDi board to BEP assy Connect J5 connector to CON17 connector BEP Chapter 7 Diagnostics Troubleshooting 7 13 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL This page was intentionally left blank 7 14 Section 7 7 LOGIQ5 Diagnostics GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures Section 8 1 Purpose of Chapter 8 This chapter describes replacement procedures for the following modules and subsystems s 1 8 1 Contents Chapter 8 Overview 8 1 1 Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY A WARNING ONLY QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL SHOULD REMOVE ANY COVERS OR PANELS ELECTRICAL HAZARDS EXISTS AT SEVERAL POINTS INSIDE BECOME THOROUGHLY FAMILIAR WITH ALL HAZARDOUS VOLTAGES AND HIGH CURRENT LEVELS TO AVOID ACCIDENTAL CONTACT Do not wear the ESD wrist strap when you remove a part of power supply unit Turn OFF power and unplug the power cord before removing a part of power supply unit However be sure to turn off power and wear the strap before you remove a circuit boards A CAUTION A WARNING DO NOT SERVICE OR DISASSEMBLE PARTS UNDER FRU UNIT LEVEL AT ANY CIRCUMSTANCES Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 1 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVIS
103. AJ Label 2 lll Chapter 1 Introduction GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 1 3 6 Dangerous Procedure Warnings Warnings such as the examples below precede potentially dangerous procedures throughout this manual Instructions contained in the warnings must be followed N DANGER DANGEROUS VOLTAGES CAPABLE OF CAUSING DEATH ARE PRESENT IN THIS EQUIPMENT USE EXTREME CAUTION WHEN HANDLING TESTING AND ADJUSTING A WARNING EXPLOSION WARNING DO NOT OPERATE THE EQUIPMENT IN AN EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERE OPERATION OF ANY ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT IN SUCH AN ENVIRONMENT CONSTITUTES A DEFINITE SAFETY HAZARD WARNING DONOT SUBSTITUTE PARTS OR MODIFY EQUIPMENT BECAUSE OF THE DANGER OF INTRODUCING ADDITIONAL HAZARDS DO NOT INSTALL SUBSTITUTE PARTS OR PERFORM ANY UNAUTHORIZED MODIFICATION OF THE EQUIPMENT 1 3 7 Lockout Tagout Requirements For USA Only Follow OSHA Lockout Tagout requirements by ensuring you are in total control of the electrical Mains plug 1 12 Section 1 3 Safety Considerations GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 1 4 and ESD Electromagnetic Compatibility EMC Electromagnetic compatibility describes a level of performance of a device within its electromagnetic environment This environment consists of the device itself and its surroundings including other equipment power sourc
104. AL 2 2 2 Electrical Requirements NOTE GE Medical Systems requires a dedicated power and ground for the proper operation of its Ultrasound equipment This dedicated power shall originate at the last distribution panel before the system Sites with a mains power system with defined Neutral and Live The dedicated line shall consist of one phase a neutral not shared with any other circuit and a full size ground wire from the distribution panel to the Ultrasound outlet Sites with a mains power system without a defined Neutral The dedicated line shall consist of one phase two lines not shared with any other circuit and a full size ground wire from the distribution panel to the Ultrasound outlet NOTE Please note that image artifacts can occur if at any time within the facility the ground from the main facility s incoming power source to the Ultrasound unit is only a conduit 2 2 2 1 LOGIQ 5 Power Requirements The following power line parameters should be monitored for one week before installation We recommend that you use an analyzer Dranetz Model 606 3 or Dranetz Model 626 Table 2 11 Electrical Specifications for LOGIQ 5 Voltage Range 220 240 VAC 10 198 264 VAC Line Frequency applications 50 60Hz 2Hz Less than 2596 of nominal peak voltage forless than 1 millisecond for any type of Power Transients applications transient including line frequency synchronous asynchronous or aperiodic transients
105. Assay Validation 1 Follow up the procedure section 4 7 1 on page 25 to run the scfpapitest program 2 Slide TGC pot and check up the value While sliding TGC pot TGC message should be displayed TGC Knob Set validation 1 Follow up the procedure section 4 7 1 on page 25 to run the scfpapitest program 2 Slide TGC pot and check up the value While sliding TGC pot TGC message should be displayed Key assy validation 1 Boot up the system 2 Press Comment button 3 Press A N keyboard Each key should be displayed on the monitor display Trackball Assy validation 1 Boot up the system 2 Press the measurement button 3 Move the Trackball When you move the trackball in measurement mode the cursor should be moved OP Panel HUB Board Assy Validation 1 Section 4 7 1 Main Keyboard Assy validation on page 4 25 process 2 Section 4 7 5 A N Key assy validation on page 4 29 validation process 3 Section 4 7 6 Trackball Assy validation on page 4 29 process Main keyboard A N Keyboard and Trackball should be working Chapter 4 Functional Checks 4 29 DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 4 7 2 NOTICE A 4 7 3 NOTICE A 4 7 4 NOTICE A 4 7 5 NOTICE A 4 7 6 NOTICE A 4 7 7 NOTICE A GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 7 8 OP Panel LCD Assy Validation 1 Boot up the system 2 Follow up the process from
106. Assy function check procedure 4 9 11 1 HDD Memory CPU Diagnositc Test 1 The Start up Screen will be shown on the Monitor display when the system is Turned ON 2 Figure 4 49 displays when Service Dongle inserted in Rear Panel Start Application Figure 4 49 Start Application window 3 To enter the Maintenance Mode select Maintenance button 4 To start Diagonistic Test Execute PC Doctor Start gt Programs gt Doctor 5 HDD Test Select Hard driver test manu start to testing Figure 4 50 Check display Pass massage Testing In Progress Hard Drive Test Linear Seek Hard Drive Test Random Seek Hard Drive Test Funnel Seek Hard Drive Test Surface Scan Figure 4 50 HDD Test 4 48 Section 4 9 Board Function Checks GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 9 11 1 HDD Memory CPU Diagnositc Test cont d 6 Memory Test Select Memory test manu start to testing Check display Pass massage Testing In Progress Figure 4 51 Memory Test 7 CPU Test Select CPU test manu start to testing Check display Pass massage Testing In Progress PASSLD TESTING Figure 4 52 CPU Test Chapter 4 Functional Checks 4 49 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 9 11 2 Basic Function Test 1 Turn on the system and check the completion of Echoloader loading 2 Check the system basic
107. Breaker at the rear as described in section 4 3 2 on page 3 e Monitor Cover Set should be removed before proceed For more information Refer to section 8 3 3 on page 7 8 3 5 4 Removal Procedure 1 Disconnect two connectors 1 2 from the rear side of the Monitor Refer to Figure 8 13 oon Figure 8 13 Disconnect two connectors Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 11 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Removal Procedure cont d 2 Unscrew four screws 3 6 on the right side and 7 10 on the left to remove the speakers Refer to Figure 8 14 Figure 8 14 Speaker Assy Disassembly 3 Unscrew four screws 7 10 to remove the speaker on the right 4 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 6 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown Service Manual Direction RF 2300000 Rev 1 Section 8 3 5 Equipment Section 4 7 10 Speaker Assy Validation passed all required tests and is ready for use Section 10 5 5 Physical Inspection Mounting procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Section 8 3 Monitor 8 3 5 4 8 3 5 5 8 12 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 3 6 Task Lamp Assy Purpose This i
108. CE MANUAL This page was intentionally left blank 6 12 Section 6 3 Power Supply Adjustment GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Chapter 7 Diagnostics Troubleshooting Section 7 1 Overview 7 1 1 Purpose of Chapter 7 This section describes how to setup and run the tools and software that help maintain image quality and system operation Basic host system and board level diagnostics are run whenever power is applied Some Service Tools may be run at the application level Table 7 1 Contents in Chapter 7 Section Description Page Number 7 1 Overview 7 1 7 2 Network Connectivity Trouble Shooting 7 1 7 3 Gathering Trouble Data 7 2 7 4 Screen Captures 7 4 7 5 Diagnostics 7 8 7 6 Common Diagnostics 7 15 Section 7 2 Network Connectivity Troubleshooting There is a troubleshooting tool available that the customer can use as a first step to investigate network connectivity issues It gives the current status of network and provides the option to restart the network components in the Back End Processor Activate the tool by pressing ALT N and follow the choices displayed Chapter 7 Diagnostics Troubleshooting 7 1 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 7 3 Gathering Trouble Data 7 3 1 Overview There may be time when it would be advantageous to capture trouble images and system data logs
109. Cover Refer to section 8 5 1 on page 39 2 Unscrew seven screws 1 7 3 Remove the EMI Cover L Refer to Figure 8 66 Figure 8 66 Removing the EMI Cover L 8 62 Section 8 5 Covers GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 5 13 4 Removal Procedure cont d 4 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 32 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown Service Manual Direction 2300000 Rev 1 Section 8 5 13 Equipment Section 4 8 2 Cover Parts Function Validation passed all required tests and is ready for use Section 10 5 5 Physical Inspection 8 5 13 5 Mounting procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 63 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 5 14 EMI Cover R Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the EMI Cover 8 5 14 1 Tools e Common pillips screwdrivers Allen Unbraco wrench 8 5 14 2 Needed Manpower person 15 minutes travel 8 5 14 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4 3 2 on page 3 8 5 14 4 Removal Procedure 1 Remove the Right Cover Refer to section 8 5 2
110. DAT UserDef zip D Jupiter target resources idunn userdefs Table 8 1 Zip Archive File 8 206 Section 8 12 Full Backup Restore Procedure GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 12 4 Restore procedure 1 From Figure 8 257 press Restore button Rest of the procedure is the same with Backup procedure A NOTICE The system should be rebooted after finishing of Restore procedures 2 Compare the archived files and the restored files The procedure is the same with 8 12 3 Full Backup Procedure on page 8 202 Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 207 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 208 Section 8 12 Full Backup Restore Procedure GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Chapter 9 Renewal Parts Section 9 1 Overview 9 1 1 Purpose of Chapter 9 This chapter gives you an overview of Renewal Parts for LOGIQ 5 Table 9 1 Contents in Chapter 9 9 2 List of Abbreviations 9 1 fe ene 0 feme Section 9 2 List of Abbreviations Assy Assembly Ctrl Control e FRU 1 Replacement part available in part hub FRU 2 Replacement part available from the manufacturer lead time involved Int Internal e Input Output KB Keyboard e LCD Liquid Crystal Display Monitor
111. DICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 Section 3 12 Paperwork LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL NOTE During and after installation the documentation i e User Manuals Installation Manuals for the peripheral units must be kept as part of the original system documentation This will ensure that all relevant safety and user information is available during the operation and service of the complete system 3 12 1 Product Locator Installation NOTE The Product Locator Installation Card shown may not be same as the provided Product Locator card GE Med cal Systemsa Mw Product File PO Bow 4 M ha kae W 53201 0414 PREPARE GA GAGERS THAT DO NT PAVE A LOCATOR REPORT Me ODS ORO OS AD ses Figure 3 22 Product Locator Installation Card 3 12 2 User Manual s User Check that the correct User Manual s for the system and software revision is included with the installation Specific language versions of the User Manual may also be available Check with your GE Sales Representative for availability 3 12 2 1 Reference off board peripherals and options None Chapter 3 Installation 3 27 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL This page was intentionally left blank 3 28 Section 3 10 Loading Base System Software GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Chapter 4 Functional Chec
112. DICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Probe Holder Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Probe Holder Tools Not Required Needed Manpower persons 1 minute travel Preparations none Removal Procedure 1 Remove PG Rivet from the Probe Holder Assy 2 Lift the Probe Holder from the Bracket Refer to Figure 8 25 Figure 8 25 PROBE HOLDER DISASSEMBLY 3 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 10 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Tesi Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown Service Manual Direction 2300000 Rev 1 Section 8 4 3 Equipment Section 4 8 2 3 Probe holder passed all required tests and is ready for use Section 10 5 5 Physical Inspection Mounting procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Section 8 4 Keyboard Block 8 4 3 8 4 3 1 8 4 3 2 8 4 3 3 8 4 3 4 8 4 3 5 8 20 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL ECG Cable Hook Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the TGC Cable Holder Tools e pillips screwdrivers Needed Manpower persons minutes travel Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in sec
113. DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 11 3 Standard Confirmation amp Functional Checks Configure the system settings and perform functional checks after installation of software Items for configuration and functional checks include Confirmation of the software version Setting Computer Name Functional Checks for ServicePlatform Diagnostic Program 8 11 3 1 Confirmation of Software Version 1 Touch the Utility button on the Touch Panel 2 Click on About tab The software version will be shown on the monitor as shown Confirm the following 4472372 Figure 8 248 Confirmation of software version 3 Make sure that Software Version R4 x x and Software Part Number is described on the Application CD ROM Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 197 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 11 3 2 Setting Computer Name NOTE If the Save is NOT performed you can NOT enter Patient screen and NOT perform Export Import 1 Touch Utility gt Connectivity 2 Operator Login Window appears Select ADM Administrator for operator field Click OK button TitleLogin gt Figure 8 249 Set Computer Name 3 Click on Tcpip tab Figure 8 250 TCPIP tab 4 Check if Computer Name IP Address Subnet Mask and other parameters are proper 5 Click on Save button 6 Click OK for confirmation dialog box 7 The system will power OFF automat
114. E MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 10 2 Why do Maintenance Keeping Records It is good business practice that ultrasound facilities maintain records of quality checks and corrective maintenance The Ultrasound Inspection Certificate provided on page 10 23 provides the customer with documentation that the ultrasound scanner is maintained on a periodic basis A copy of the Ultrasound Periodic Maintenance Inspection Certificate should be kept in the same room or near the scanner Quality Assurance In order to gain accreditation from organizations such as the American College of Radiology USA it is the customer s responsibility to have a quality assurance program in place for each scanner The program must be directed by a medical physicists the supervising radiologist physician or appropriate designee Routine quality control testing must occur regularly The same tests are performed during each period so that changes can be monitored over time and effective corrective action can be taken Testing results corrective action and the effects of corrective action must be documented and maintained on the site Your GE service representative can help you with establishing performing and maintaining records for a quality assurance program Please contact us for coverage information and or price for service 10 2 1 10 2 2 Section 10 3 Maintenance Task Schedule How often should care a
115. ECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 2 2 4 Scan Probe Environmental Requirements Operation 10 to 30 C Storage 10 to 60 C NOTE Temperature in degrees C Conversion to Degrees F Degrees 9 5 32 UN NOTICE SYSTEMS AND ELECTRONIC PROBES ARE DESIGNED FOR STORAGE TEMPERATURES OF 20 TO 50 degrees C WHEN EXPOSED TO LARGE TEMPERATURE VARIATIONS THE PRODUCT SHOULD BE KEPT IN ROOM TEMPERATURE FOR 10 HOURS BEFORE USE 2 6 Section 2 2 General Console Requirements GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 2 3 Facility Needs Purchaser Responsibilities The work and materials needed to prepare the site is the responsibility of the purchaser Delay confusion and waste of manpower can be avoided by completing pre installation work before delivery User the Pre Installation checklist to verify that all needed steps have been taken Purchaser reasonability includes Procuring the materials required e Completing the preparations before delivery of the ultrasound system Paying the costs for any alternations and modifications not specifically provided in the sales contract All electrical installation that are preliminary to the positioning of the equipment at the site prepared for the equipment must be performed by licensed electrical contractors Other connections between pieces of electrical equipment products involved and the accompanying electrical insta
116. EDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 8 1 10 Check the Device Driver Configuration BT05 cont d 4 Human Interface Devices check USB Interface Device va mad Interface Device Trackball device driver A KEY device driver beer esed in ideni rms Monitors Mulbtunction adapters BI Network adapters 9 9 Ports COM amp IPT 9 ids Sound video and game controllers GP Storage volumes System devices Liniversal Serial Rus controllers E 4 E E p I Figure 8 148 Human Interface Devices check 5 IDE ATA ATAPI controllers check ing Device Manager Action view e Ga t 9 150 m Computer Disk drives Display adapters Dan Intel R 82601EB Utra ATA Storage Controllers amp 9 Intel R 8260168 Utra ATA Storage Controllers Primary IDE Channel Primary IDE Channel Serial ATA Controller device driver Primary IDE controller device driver Secondary IDE controller device driver Mice and other pointing devices Monitors Multifunction adapters M3 Network adapters 9 Ports COM amp LPT amp Sound video and game controllers m CO Storage volumes System devices Universal Serial Bus contrufers xj ie Figure 8 149 IDE ATA ATAPI controllers check 8 134 Section 8 8 PC Block GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIREC
117. EMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Removal Procedure cont d 3 Disconnect one 1 connector J1 from the JPC Assy Refer to Figure 8 194 Figure 8 194 Disconnect 1 connector 4 Unscrew two 2 ground screws 7 8 Refer to Figure 8 195 AC POWER BOX VIEW Figure 8 195 Unscrew two ground screws 5 Remove the AC Power Box 6 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 54 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown Service Manual Direction Section 4 9 19 AC Power Box function check procedure 2300000 Rev 1 Section 8 9 5 Equipment assed all required tests and is ready for use Section 4 3 4 System B M Mode Checks P 3 y Section 4 3 5 System CFM and PWD Checks Mounting Procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Section 8 9 Power Block 8 9 5 4 8 9 5 5 8 164 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 9 6 Fuse Set Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Fuse Set 8 9 6 1 Tools e pillips screwdrivers Allen Unbraco wrench 8 9 6 2 Needed Manpower e 1 person 15 minutes travel 8 9 6 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section
118. ERVICE MANUAL Section 8 4 Keyboard Block 8 4 1 KeyBoard Assy Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Keyboard Assy 8 4 1 1 Tools Common pillips screwdrivers 8 4 1 2 Needed Manpower person 15 minutes travel 8 4 1 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4 3 2 on page 3 8 4 1 4 Removal Procedure 1 Remove the Probe Holder Refer to section 8 4 3 on page 20 2 Unscrew two screws 1 2 from the upper side of the keyboard Refer to Figure 8 18 3 4 Figure 8 19 Unscrew 3 screws from the bottom Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 15 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 1 4 Removal Procedure cont d 4 Disconnect three connectors 6 8 from the HUB board Refer to Figure 8 20 6 7 8 Figure 8 20 Disconnect 3 connectors from the HUB 5 Disconnect two connectors 9 10 Refer to Figure 8 21 i ET 47 E T 6 T 4 Figure 8 21 Disconnect two connectors 6 Carefully lift the Keyboard assy from the system 7 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 8 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown Section 4 7 1 Main Keyboard Assy validation Service Manual Direction
119. ET asng ORE 4 uj Lor 8105 SdWS AI ab fssvawoa Q os i 3 x ino punos 09 1 1 3 cA amp I 5 punog oapi ewag Gi x s Dv 1 Jennys no u SHAS 5 no ui dwog 99 S o gt lt 2 qso AY O26 3 E DE 5 Wi SS c 89 aad M m uuod Kir 95 1 _ASSY ATH 519 104 1910 I 3NV Id Mova g JeuueM Mee ee eee 5 s v Sanok 4 we haan 10 WVYSVIC LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Interconnect Cabling DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 5 7 3 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 Section 5 8 Power Diagrams Overview The AC Power assy s main tasks are to supply the various internal subsystems and to galvanically isolate the scanner from the on site Mains Power System and to control power on off The voltage to peripherals can be confederated to either 110 VAC or 220 VAC AC Power POWER ON 1 i THE MAIN VIC RDI ATX SWITCH OF Board Board THE SCANNER gt Unit gt SSR1 HV Unit JPC Board 100 200 or We gt SSR2 AC Outle
120. Figure 4 29 Volume Control panel 4 32 Section 4 7 Keyboard Function Checks GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 7 10 Speaker Assy Validation cont d 6 At the Balance in Volume Control move the gauge to the max left Figure 4 30 Volume control for left speaker 7 Move the Volume gauge up and down UN NOTICE While moving the volume gauge you can hear the audio sound only from Left speaker 8 At the Balance in Volume Control move the gauge to the max right Figure 4 31 Volume control for right speaker 9 Move the Volume gauge up and down UN NOTICE While moving the volume gauge you can hear the audio sound only from Right speaker NOTICE When you can hear the audio sound at the left and right speaker The speaker assy is connected correctly Chapter 4 Functional Checks 4 33 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 4 8 Mechanical Function Checks 4 8 1 Operator I O Movement Table 4 10 Display platform Maneuverability check Step Task to do Expected Result s 1 Pull keyboard lever under the OP Panel to The height of the Monitor and OP Panel will release the lock be maneuverable Keyboard Lever Figure 4 32 Keyboard Lever A WARNING Probes can be connected at any time whether the unit is on or off Do NOT touch the patient and any of the connectors on the ultrasound unit simultaneously incl
121. ICOM Figure 5 29 provides a graphical example of the log entries for the System Logs Log table headings for the differrent logs are as follows System Log entry headings include Time Stamp Error Level Package and Error Message Power Log entry headings include Time Stamp Error Level Package and Error Message Infomatics Log entry headings include TimeStamp Revision PtSex PtWeight PtHeight ExamID Exam Category ExamCurDate and ExamStartTime Temperature Log entry headings include Time Stamp Error Level Package Upper FEC Sensor and Lower FEC Sensor Probe Log entry headings include Time Stamp Error Level Package Error Message Severity Revision and three 3 new labels that have not yet been named Board Log entry headings include Time Stamp Error Level Package Board Severity and two 2 new labels that have yet been named DICOM Log entry headings include Time Stamp Error Level Package and Error Message Section 5 10 Service Platform 5 10 4 1 NOTE GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 5 10 4 2 Utilities The two sub menus of the Utilities category are Plot Log and Plot Page Frequency of Plot Page Plot Log musereventing 0670 echoconfigf1670 gescan m scoption 0x670 PACKAGE Figure 5 30 Utilities Sub Menus e Plot Log Allows for the color coded plot of all Log contents with
122. ION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL KeyBoard Front Grip Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Keyboard Front Grip Tools e Common pillips screwdrivers Needed Manpower person 25 minutes travel Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4 3 2 on page 3 Remove the Keyboard Assy before proceed For more information on Keyboard removal refer to section 8 4 1 on page 15 Removal Procedure 1 Unscrew fourteen 14 screws 1 14 Refer to Figure 8 24 2 Remove the KeyBoard Front Grip Figure 8 24 Removing Keyboard Front Grip Section 8 4 Keyboard Block 8 4 2 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 2 8 4 2 3 8 4 2 4 8 18 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 2 5 Mounting procedure cont d 3 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 9 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown Service Manual Direction 2300000 Rev 1 Section 8 4 2 Equipment Section 4 8 2 2 Keyboard Front Grip passed all required tests and is ready for use Section 10 5 5 Physical Inspection 8 4 2 5 Mounting procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 19 GE ME
123. ION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 8 3 Monitor 8 3 1 CRT Assy Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the CRT Assy 8 3 1 1 Tools Common pillips screwdrivers Allen Unbraco wrench 8 3 1 2 Needed Manpower e 2 persons 5 minutes travel 8 3 1 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4 3 2 on page 3 e Maneuver Control Console to a suitable position for removing the monitor 8 3 1 4 Removal procedure 1 Remove the OP Rear Cover Refer to section 8 5 10 on page 56 2 Unscrew one screw cap located at 1 Figure 8 1 Removing OP rear Cover and Unscrew screw 8 2 Section 8 3 Monitor GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Removal procedure cont d 3 Remove 3Connectors CN1 CN3 from the Monitor Refer to Figure 8 2 CN1 CN2 CN3 Figure 8 2 Disconnect three 3 connectors 4 Lift the Monitor Assy upward Refer to Figure 8 3 Figure 8 3 Lifting the Monitor Assy Upward 5 Remove the Monitor Cover set Refer to 8 3 3 Monitor Cover Set on page 8 7 6 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 2 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown Service Manual Direction 23000
124. IQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 3 11 2 Backup System Presets and Configurations NOTE Always backup any preset configurations before a software reload This ensures that if the presets need to be reloaded after the software update they will be the same ones the customer was using prior to service Insert a formatted MOD Magneto Optical Disk or CD R into the drive On the Touch Panel press UTILITY On the Utility Touch Panel press SYSTEM On the monitor display select BACKUP RESTORE 1 2 3 4 NOTE you are not logged in as GE Service or with administrator privileges the Operator Login window is displayed Log on with administrator privileges 5 In the Backup list select Patient Archive Report Archive System Configuration and User Defined Configuration 6 In the Media field select MO or CD RW 7 Select BACKUP The system performs the backup As it proceeds status information is displayed on the Backup Restore screen Check here to backup presets and configurations Figure 4 12 Backup Restore Menu Chapter 4 Functional Checks 4 17 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Restore System Presets and Configurations The restore procedure overwrites the existing database on the local hard drive Make sure to insert the correct MOD or CD R 1 Insert the Backup Restore MOD Magneto Optical Disk or CD R into the drive 2 On the Touch Panel press UTIL
125. ITY 3 On the Utility Touch Panel press SYSTEM 4 On the monitor display select BACKUP RESTORE If you are not logged in with administrator privileges the Operator Login window is displayed Log on with administrator privileges 5 In the Restore list select Patient Archive Report Archive System Configuration and User Defined Configuration 6 In the Media field select the Backup Restore MOD or CD RW 7 Select RESTORE The system performs the restore As it proceeds status information is displayed on the Backup Restore Screen Iaca estore Check here to restore presets and configurations Figure 4 13 Backup Restore Menu Section 4 3 General Procedure 4 3 11 3 A CAUTION NOTE 4 18 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 3 11 4 Archiving Images To export an exam s to a compatible Ultrasound system 1 Format the removable media MOD or CD ROM Label the removable media Answer Yes OK to the messages Press Patient Deselect any selected patient s in the search portion of the Patient screen Press Exam Data Transfer located at the upper left hand corner of the Patient menu Figure 4 14 Exam Data Transfer 2 Select Export task Button Figure 4 15 Task button 3 The From combo box is not active It displays Local Archive The To combo box is active Select the type of removable media MOD or CD Rom Then please wait until the p
126. ImsgeBuffer ImageButter_orig 23 RFCYCLER Specter CJ Spooler orig a System Volume Information ag Swap F a Compact Disc G w3 SYSTEM 8 USER 1 S gt 3 ARCHIVE C3 tdurn 3 cms pn 20 GEMS 16 GEMS REP ImsgeBuffer RECYCLER LTI Figure 8 180 Directory Map in HDD 12 If following warning message appear click the button Yes to All Confirm Folder Replace This Folder already contains a Folder named GEMS_IMG Ba If the files in the existing Folder have the same name as files in the Folder you are moving or copying they will be replaced Do you still want to move or copy the folder Figure 8 181 Copy confirmation message 13 finish the file copy process shutdown the system and unplug the service dongle Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 151 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 8 3 6 4 Check the patient data Turn on the system If system boot up select patient menu and confirm that the all of patient data are available The database utility should be enabled by the network IP address setting procedure If this save setting procedure have been missed the patient data image can not be show up since the database link error ON gt 8 8 3 6 5 Shut down the system Turn off the circuit breaker Disconnect the slave HDD used HDD from HDD cable in BEP assy carefully Cl
127. L 8 6 3 4 Removal Procedure cont d 3 Unscrew two 3 screws 4 6 to remove the OP button bracket Refer to Figure 8 81 OP Button Bracket Figure 8 81 Unscrew 6 screws to remove BRKT 4 Unscrew four 4 hexagon screws 7 10 Refer to Figure 8 82 Figure 8 82 Unscrew 4 hexagon screws 5 Using E ring gripper remove E ring Refer to Figure 8 83 Figure 8 83 Remove E Ring 6 Pull the Gas spring out upward 8 80 Section 8 6 Body Block GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 6 3 4 Removal Procedure cont d 7 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 38 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown Service Manual Direction 2300000 Rev 1 Section 8 6 3 Equipment Section 4 8 2 4 Gas Spring Assy passed all required tests and is ready for use Section 10 5 5 Physical Inspection 8 6 3 5 Mounting procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 81 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 6 4 Front Caster Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Front Caster 8 6 4 1 Tools e Common pillips screwdrivers Allen Unbraco wrench Lifter 180Kg
128. L SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 5 4 7 HV Power Tx Power HVH NS gt DROPPEH 1 0 60V HVH HVH HVL PFC 0 30V HVL HVL SHV m PWMS3 ig DROPPERS3 0 80V SHV E SHV DROPPER3 0 80V Figure 5 11 HV Unit Block Diagram 5 4 7 1 Overview AC110V is supplied to the HV unit via AC Box gt Transformer gt SSR This is applied to the PFC inside the HV unit The PFC convert AC100V to DC400V and DC voltage is applied to DC DC then to HVH HVL and SHV using dropper They convert DC voltage to proper voltage to be outputted 5 4 7 2 Specifications DC Output Capacity HVH OV to 60V variable Max 110W Max 2A HVL 0 to 30V variable Max 70W 1A e SHV 80V 5 SHV 80V 5 80mA 5 4 7 3 Output Signal to FEC The following signals are sent to FEC via BACKPLANE board e OV Over Voltage OC Over Current of each power source HV tests in itself The result transmits the FEC via BACKPLANE ASSY 5 4 7 4 Input Signal from FEC The following signals are sent to HV unit via FEC gt BACKPLANE board e 5 15V HV STOP These signals are sent to PFC to control DC voltage output of HVH HVL and SHV Normally HVSTOP is ON HVH Ref HVL Ref These are the digital signals 8 bits sent to the DAC of HVH or HVL from FEC Consequently The DC Volta
129. L SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 4 9Board Function Checks 4 9 1 RLY Assy function check procedure 1 2 Turn on the system After completion of echoloader loading connect probe on port1 See Connecting a probe on page 4 12 Log into Service Login Refer to Section 5 10 2 Global Service User Interface GSUI on page 5 33 Click Diagnostics on top menu On left folder window select LOGIQ 5 Diagnostics gt FRU test gt RLY Select RLY Full Test and execute test All diagnostic test items should be passed Refer to the figure below YS mH eo GEMS Service Home Insite Browser Error Lows brags Quality Configuration Repi i 2 4 Detect Range 373 37 Criteria 180 Detect Range 373 37 Criteria 195 Common Disgnoitics PASS Zch Detect Range 373 37 Criteria 207 LOGIOS Diagnostics PASS 3ch Detect Range 373 37 Criteria 191 Trouble Shooting PASS dch Detect Range 373 37 Criteria 192 7 PASS Sch Detect Range 373 37 Criteria 177 FRU test PASS Goh Detect Range 373 37 Criteria 176 FEC PASS oh Detect Range 372 37 Criteria 179 RDS PASS Goh Detect Range 373 37 Criteria 189 PASS Joh Detect Range 73 37 Criteria 199 PMP PASS 100 Detect Range 373 37 Criteria 107 ATD PASS 11 Detect Range 373 37 Criteria 105 RLY PASS 120 Detect Range 373
130. MONITOR Part Part Name Number lt a MONTORORTASSY CRT ASSY 22990083 3 CRTWOCOVERS W O COVERS MONITORCABLEASSY CABLE ASSY 2299964 OBE PLASTIC COVER SET WITH z MONITOR COVER SET 2300006 SEPARATE LABEL E 10 MONITOR S W ASSY 2300008 common with LOGIQ 3 104 SPEAKER ASSY 2317340 SPEAKER PLUS BRACKET H TASK LAMP 2317347 common with LOGIQ 3 Chapter 9 Renewal Parts Section 9 3 Renewal Parts Lists Figure 9 3 KEYBOARD BLOCK NOTE FRU 212 223 ARE NOT ILLUSTRATED IN THIS FIGURE Section 9 6 KEYBOARD BLOCK DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 9 6 KEYBOARD BLOCK Table 9 3 COMMON KEYBOARD SPARE PARTS fae m a emen ems 2 a Dm ae seu Cm ees ae Ce emen nene Pee Pee accep ewe omm ES KEYBOARD MAIN BOARD 2384745 KEYB D MAIN PCB BOARD HUB ASSY 2385577 FOR LOGIQ 5 ONLY Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
131. NING program install the application software 100105 5 K4 6 4 on the hard drive his process should take approximately 18 minutes to complete KKK KK ou can stop now thie installation to enter key Proceed this progran Y N Figure 8 246 Command Window 4 Press the Y key to continue Then the program requests confirmation Are you sure then Press the Y key again 5 When you are asked to choose the software to install select L5 Expert You are also asked to press Y to confirm your selection 6 The installation process will be started it will take about 15 minutes 7 To apply the preset by region select one of the below options Refer to Figure 8 247 Check Region preset Please vag ad selection from the below choices for Preset 2 Europe 3 8 4 China Select 1 2 3 4 Figure 8 247 Region selection Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 195 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 11 2 1 Installig Application Software R4 x x 8 After the installation is completed the system will power off automatically NOTE Do not operate with using mouse or keyboard during installation procedures 9 Turn on the system and immediately eject the button on the CD R drive to eject the CDROM 10 Verify that the system boots up no error It will take a few minutes 8 196 Section 8 11 Installing Base Software Load Image GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
132. OGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 8 1 9 Check the Device Driver Configuration BEP3 cont d 8 Network adapters check x Action Yew e I Computer CO Disk drives Display adapters DVD CD ROM drives Gy Human interface Devices 3 IDE controllers m ue Keyboards Uy Mice and other pointing devices Monitors s INIM Network adapters On board Network driver A TATIE m 4 Sound video and game controllers gt Storage volumes gt System devices Universal Senal Bus controllers Figure 8 139 Network adapters check 9 Ports COM amp LTP check am wew gt Lb U m Computer Disk chives Display adapters DVD CD ROM dives ia Himan Interface Devices SD IDE ATAJATAPI controllers GB Keyboards Mice and other pointing devices 88 Monitors x Multfunction adapters Network adapters 4 o 9 Communications Port 3 Serial Port device driver 9 ECP Printer Port LPT1 ECP Enhanced Parallel Port device driver G3 Storage volumes 4 system devices Universal Serial Dus controllers Figure 8 140 Ports 81 check Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 129 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 8 1 9 Check the Device Driver Configuration BEP3 cont
133. OM amp Sound video and game controllers Storage volumes System devices 2 Universal Serial Bus controllers OSS FSS Figure 8 134 DVD CD ROM driver check Section 8 8 PC Block 8 126 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 8 1 9 Check the Device Driver Configuration BEP3 cont d 4 Human Interface Devices check 1a Trackball device driver A amp KEY device driver Mice ol beer esed in m Monitors 07 xg Mulbtunction adapters Bl Network adapters Parts COM LPT n Sound video and game controllers Storage volumes System devices Universal Serial Rus controllers SSS SSS U Sa Figure 8 135 Human Interface Devices check 5 IDE ATA ATAPI controllers check a Device Manager Action vew gt gt 50 0 Computer m C Disk drives m Display adapters DYD CD ROM drives Intel R Utra Storage Controllers EB Intel R 82601EB Ura ATA Storage Controllers Primary Channel 5 dz IDE Channel Primary IDE controller device driver Serial ATA Controller device driver Secondary IDE controller device driver Mice and other pointing devices Monitors 8 Multifunction adapters M3 Network adapters 9 Ports COM amp LPT amp lt Sound video and game controllers m C Storage volumes 9 Syste
134. ON 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 8 1 6 BEP Cable Connection With Console In case of change to BTO5 BEP3 FRU on BTO5 SYSTEM cont d 12 Connect ATX Power to BEP 3 ATX Power cable Figure 1 119 ATX Power cable connector 8 112 Section 8 8 PC Block GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 8 1 7 System Functional Check In case of change BEP 1 into BEP2 or BEP3 Check the system after BEP is assembled on the console Pull Up Circuit Breaker Insert the Service Key to Rear Panel USB Port Power on the system 1 2 3 4 Check The Logo Image as below BEP Logo Image Is differ from that of BEP1 8 GE Medical Systems 99 GE Medical Systems Z9 Ultrasound 5 Ultrasound LOGIQS LOGIQS Loading BIOS Rev 3 0 Loading BEP3 BEP2 Logo Image Logo Image Figure 1 120 Logo Display 5 Press F2 Key 6 Check the BEP BIOS set up is same as below Password is jupiter lower case a BEP2 BIOS set up condition Main Menu Screen BIOS Version RG84510A 86 A 0024 P1 Process Type Intel amp Pentium amp 4 Process Speed 2Ghz System Bus Speed 400Mhz System Memory Speed 266Mhz Cache RAM 512KB Total Memory 511MB Memory Bank 0 512MB DDR266 Memory Bank 1 Not Installed Language English System time 04 22 55 Current Time Setting System Data The 03 11 2003 Current Date Setting Figure 8 121 Main Menu Scr
135. Q 5 s system concepts component arrangement and subsystem function It also describes the Power Distribution System PDS and probes Page Number 5 1 5 2 5 3 5 5 5 14 5 16 5 18 5 26 5 30 5 32 Description Table 5 13 Contents in Chapter 5 Section 5 1 Overview 5 2 General Information 5 3 Block Diagram 5 4 Front End 5 5 Backend Processor 5 6 Top Console 5 7 External Rear Panel 5 8 Power Diagrams 5 9 Air Flow 5 10 Service Platform Chapter 5 Components and Functions GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 5 2 General Information LOGIQ 5 is a phased and linear array ultrasound imaging scanner It has provisions for analog input sources like ECG and Phono A Doppler probe may also be connected and used The system can be used for 2D Gray Scale and 2D Color Flow Imaging M Mode Gray Scale Imaging Color M Mode 2 Doppler Different combinations of the above modes LOGIQ 5 is a digital beamforming system Signal flow travels from the Probe Connector Panel to the Front End Electronics to the Back End Processor and finally displayed on the monitor and peripherals System configuration is stored on the hard drive and all necessary software is loaded from the hard drive on power up Name Plate Monitor Monitor Controls Task Lamp Touch
136. Q 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 8 1 4 General Procedures of BEP2 Assy Disassembly cont d 13 When replace the BEP assy the option dongle should be moved from old BEP to new one The FRU BEP doesn t have the option dongle Option Dongle VGA to VIC Cable Figure 8 99 Option Dongle replacement General Procedures of BEP3 Assy Disassembly Option Dongle VGA to VIC Cable Figure 8 100 BEP3 Option Dongle replacement 8 102 Section 8 8 PC Block GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 8 1 4 General Procedures of BEP2 Assy Disassembly cont d General Procedures of BT05 BEP3 Assy Disassembly Option Dongle Figure 8 101 BT05 BEP3 Option Dongle replacement NOTE BEP2 and BEP3 FUR include applicable FRU CD SET APPLICATION CD 2 06 Version VGA VIC CABLE which consider BEP1 User NOTE BT05 BEP3 FRU include no CD SET VGA VIC CABLE Because BT05 BEP3 FRU is interchanged with only BTO5 SYSTEM Use CD SET of Install Based system NOTE BEP2 and FRU can be interchanged with all of Install based system exclude BTO5 SYSTEM That is to say BTO5 FRU can be alternated with only BTO5 Install Based system NOTE BEP FRU include CD set and VGA to VIC cable because the CD set and cable for BEP1 can not be used for BEP NOTE If the BEP1 is replaced with BEP FRU the CD set on the EMI metal cover also should be replaced with new CD set which is included in the BEP FRU kits C
137. R dote d UE BENE eue Lan oa dies 8 48 CBVEIP Letto onte ONS 8 49 IGG pM TEE 8 50 DIGS ENG Soe Seah be Byes Ae aa a an a e 8 51 DOOVBIOCK LEE 8 52 s satum aw tae dear aor dea un rea a eee 8 52 Rear Panel ASSV e 8 54 Gas ASSY 8 56 Front tee Eu dor a he erent ap nen 88 R ar Gaste Are REA Ies e ae we ewes See 8 59 See ieee yates tame ea Parton oho 8 60 bre e ats we ober 8 61 POBOBOGRUS wear TAE D DUE ete 8 62 REY ASSY cd ah cere ane T Ee 8 62 EMT ASSY 8 64 BAC ANG deudas etait a MORE TR dr EU a taa RT HE a 8 66 POB cu dea eee a a aide 8 68 DG E eile 8 70 PO BIOCIG E bs a bee eS ation 8 71 BEP Back Processor ASSY 8 71 SMPS Assy Hard Disk RW 8 72 Power BIOCK 5 693 4 ao aana nl 8 73 AC POWOLASSy tur at siepe seed 8 73
138. RD FPGA JUSC BUS gt a Channel 15 82 Bii 12 Bits Channel 16 ae OQCARD uoi nodi 12 Bits RX Delay Channel 23 gt 12 Bits Channel 24 gt gt gt bd o gt gt x 15 OQCARD Reference Votage Generator Figure 5 9 RDS Block Diagram 12 Bits Channel 31 To FEC gt o Test TestSig Signal From FEC Buffer The RDS sub system is the receive beam former and consist of 2 RDS assys Each RDS assy have capability of 32 channels digital receive beamforming The each digital beamforming output data of the RDS assy are sent to FEC FEC add each other and makes final 64 channel beamforming data Delay control data for recevie beamforming are contained in Flash memory Typically 2 or 3 probes data are saved in flash memory If new probe is connected additional probe data will be downloaded from HDD in BEP to Flash memory Main items are BICTOP FPGA Provide innterfaces with FEC through JUSC Bus This fpga control all OQCARD asic for receive beamforming All of parameter information for asic operation are loaded into OQCARD asic from FEC through this fpga OQCARD Digital receive beamforming ASIC Ecah OQCARD have capability of 8 channel receiving data inputs Each input data can be 12 bits Operation clock is 40 MHz 4 OQCARD asics are used ina RDS board and each OQCARD summing data output are cascaded to next OQCARD asic So the last summin
139. SC type J Source type Peripherals 2 7 Print and Store Options Removable Media Figure 8 256 Utility gt System Peripheral 4 Click on Save 5 Shut down the scanner then restart the scanner 6 Verify that the VCR can be properly operated remote play NOTICE Be sure to connect the converter and cablebefore booting up the system Otherwise the LOGIQ 5 A system does not recognize the peripheral devices Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 201 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 8 12 Full Backup Restore Procedure 8 12 1 General This describes a Full Backup Database Image User preset Service Data procedure Use this instruction when you need to save the data before changing a HDD with a new one e before reinstalling Base Application when you just want to save all of the current data 8 12 2 Parts Required USB HDD 8 12 3 Full Backup Procedure 1 While the Echoloader is running press Utility button and click on the Admin When Title Login window pops up select an operator with admin authorization 3 Type in the password 4 press 5 Select System Admin page 6 press Execute button under Full Backup box and the window below pops up Backup and Restore The Emergency Disk Making Wizard will help you to create a copy of the information on your system hard disk the original data on your
140. SY CABLE AND ESE BEP POWER SUPPLY ASSY 2299971 ATX SMPS FOR PC BOX HARD DISK 2299980 HARD DISK DRIVE CD R W 2301973 CD R W DRIVE Chapter 9 Renewal Parts Section 9 3 Renewal Parts Lists Figure 9 9 POWER BLOCK Section 9 11 POWER BLOCK DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 9 11 POWER BLOCK conta Table 9 8 POWER BLOCK Part Part Name Number Description ET AC POWER FOR JPN USA AC POWER ASSY 2337036 AC POWER FOR EUROPE ERE 2337037 AC POWER FOR KOR CHILE ERE LV UNIT 2317354 LOW VOLTAGE REGULATOR NE 2331746 2 110V FOR JAPAN AND USA ERE JPC ASSY 2337038 2 220V FOR EUROPE ERES E TRANSFORMER 2317356 7356 POWER TRANSFORMER aa AC POWER BOX 2317357 METAL BOX AND CABLES EXES FUSE SET HARDWARE SET 2331777 BOLT NUT SCREWS FAC POWER CORD 2389073 FOR JAPAN POWER CORD 2389074 FOR CHINA Chapter 9 Renewal Parts GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 9 12 Options Peripherals and Cables Table 9 9 CABLES Item Part Name Part Number Description Qty FRU OP CABLE ASSY 2331742 CABLE SET 1 2 800 PCI CABLE 2363523 CABLE SET PC CABLE ASSY 2331743 CABLE SET EXER POWER CABLE ASSY 2331744 110V FOR JAPAN AND USA 2356242 220V FOR EUROPE pe 2 Table 9 10 PROBES Part Na
141. Static Kit 46 194427P369 3M 2204 Large adjustable wrist strap 46 194427P373 3M 42214 Small adjustable wrist strap 46 194427P370 3M 3051 conductive ground cord 46 194427P278 120V 46 194427P279 230V 46 2856526G1 DALE 600 KIT or equivalent for electrical tests E7010GG 60 minute E7010GF 120 minute E8381AA blank 128 M disk E8381AB i 3 5 MOD MEDIA blank 230 M disk Disposable Gloves 10 4 Section 10 4 Tools Required GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 10 5 System Maintenance 10 5 1 Preliminary Checks The preliminary checks take about 15 minutes to perform Refer to the system user documentation whenever necessary Table 10 4 System Checks Be m Ask amp Listen Ask the customer if they have any problems or questions about the equipment is top of the Ultrasound Inspection Certificate see page 23 Note all probes and system power up to verify that no warning or error messages are displayed Chapter 10 Care amp Maintenance 10 5 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 10 5 2 Functional Checks See Also Chapter 4 The functional checks take about 60 minutes to perform Refer to the system user documentation whenever necessary 10 5 2 1 System Checks Table 10 5 System Functional Checks Chec k Step Description B Mode Verify basic B Mode 2D operation Check the basic
142. T 1 or PRINT 2 on the Control The image displayed on the screen is printed on B amp W or Color printer Panel depending on the key assignment configuration 3 VIDEO on the Control Panel To start the video counter at a different point 4 Press UPDATE MENU in the Trackball area The Video Set Counter Search Dialog window is displayed 5 Use the alphanumeric keyboard to enter the counter number in the counter field Number appears 6 Press SET COUNTER to save the change Number is saved 7 Press VIDEO on the Control Panel to return to the scanning mode to Start Recording 8 Press REC PAUSE on the Control panel A red dot is displayed in the VCR status area on the Title barto indicate that recording has begun To Stop recording 9 Press REC PAUSE on the Control panel P The video status icon is changed to Pause 10 Press VIDEO on the Control Panel and the assignable play To start Play back an examination to perform actions on the recorded session such as stop pause rewind or fast forward The video status icon in updated accordingly 11 Use the Assignable keys on the Control Panel While in playback mode use the 12 TRACKBALL to adjust the video playback search on the tape speed and scroll through the record 13 Press the assignable PAUSE to stop the tape at the desired frame part of it can be stored on the computer s memory as a cineloop The 14 When playing
143. TED ON THE REAR OF THE SCANNER TO THE RIGHT OF THE POWER CONNECTOR 2 FOLLOW GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR HANDLING OF ELECTROSTATIC SENSITIVE EQUIPMENT Chapter 1 Introduction 1 13 EMC EMI 1 4 1 1 4 2 NOTE 1 4 3 AN WARNING GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 1 5 Customer Assistance 1 5 1 Contact Information If this equipment does not work as indicated in this service manual or in the User Manual or if you require additional assistance please contact the local distributor or appropriate support resource as listed below Prepare the following information before you call System ID serial number Software version Table 1 6 Phone Numbers for Customer Assistance Phone Number 1 800 437 1171 1 800 682 5327 1 262 524 5698 Fax 1 414 647 4125 1 262 524 5300 1 262 524 5698 Fax 1 414 647 4125 Tel 49 212 2802 208 49 212 2802 207 Fax 49 212 2802 431 Tel 65 291 8528 81 426 482950 Fax 65 272 3997 81 426 482902 Location USA Canada GE Medical Systems Ultrasound Service Engineering 4855 W Electric Avenue Milwaukee WI 53219 Customer Answer Center Latin America GE Medical Systems Ultrasound Service Engineering 4855 W Electric Avenue Milwaukee WI 53219 Customer Answer Center Europe GE Ultraschall Deutschland GmbH amp Co KG BeethovenstraBe 239 Postfach 11 05 60 D 42665 Solingen Germany
144. TION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 8 1 10 Check the Device Driver Configuration BT05 cont d 6 Monitor check action yew e 9 MI Computer CO Dick drives Display adapters DND CD ROM drives 41 Gy Human Interface Devices IDE ATAJATAPI controllers a Keyboards 5 7 Mice and other ing devices System Console Monitor Operation Panel LCD Panel monitor uy Network adapters 8 7 Ports COM amp LPT 4 Saund video and gare controllers GY Storage volumes System devices Universal Serial Dus controllers L 7 t Figure 8 150 Monitor check 7 Multifunction adapters check vevice Manager Artin Views amp Bl Computer Disk drives Display adapters DYD CD ROM drives ie Human Teterface Devies H 106 ATAJATAPI controllers 15 8 Keyboards Mice and other pointing devices PCI Bridge device driver PC2IPII device driver iw Notwork adapters 9 37 Ports COM amp LPT ie 4 Soural viden aral game B Storage volumes 14 System devices Universal Serial Bus controllers eel EL Figure 8 151 Multifunction adapters check Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 135 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 8 1 10 Check the Device Driver Conf
145. The weight of the AC Power Assy is approximately 20 kg Two person is needed in the next step 8 154 Section 8 9 Power Block GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 9 1 4 Removal Procedure cont d 5 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 50 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown Service Manual Direction Section 4 9 15 AC Power Assy function check procedure 2300000 Rev 1 Section 8 9 1 Equipment assed all required tests and is ready for use Section 4 3 4 System B M Mode Checks P qui ore Section 4 3 5 System CFM and PWD Checks 8 9 1 5 Mounting Procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 155 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL LV Unit Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the LV Unit Tools e Common pillips screwdrivers Allen Unbraco wrench Long nose gripper Needed Manpower person 15 minutes travel Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4 3 2 on page 3 Removal Procedure Do not wear the ESD wrist strap when you remove a part of power supply unit Turn OFF power an
146. a different perspective i e red away negative velocities and blue toward positive velocities The real time or frozen image can be inverted Packet Size pud the number of samples gathered for a single color flow Quick Angle Correct Quickly adjusts the angle by 60 degrees Display layout can be preset to have B Mode and Time motion side by side or over under In the side by side layout there are three display alternatives Doppler Display Formats defined equal priority time motion priority or time motion with B Mode reference In the over under layout there are three display alternatives defined time motion priority B Mode priority or equal priority Sample Volume Gate Length Sizes the sample volume gate Slants the B Mode or Color Flow linear image left or right to get more information without moving the probe Chapter 4 Functional Checks 4 9 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 3 6 Basic Measurements NOTE The following instructions assume that you first scan the patient and then press Freeze 4 3 6 1 Distance and Tissue Depth Measurements 1 Press MEASURE once an active caliper displays 2 To position the active caliper at the start point distance or the most anterior point tissue depth move the TRACKBALL 3 To fix the start point press Set The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper 4 To position the second active
147. able Memory Channel B Slot 1 Not editable Language English System time 04 22 55 Current Time Setting System Data The 01 3 2005 Current Date Setting Advanced menu screen Configuration PCI Slot 1 IRQ Priority AUTO PCI Slot 2 IRQ Priority AUTO PCI Slot 3 IRQ Priority AUTO PCI Slot 4 IRQ Priority AUTO PCI Slot 5 IRQ Priority AUTO PCI Slot 6 IRQ Priority AUTO Boot Configuration Plug amp Play O S Num lock ON Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 119 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL AUTO AUTO ECP Enable Enable Disabled Enhanced Enhanced 1 Disabled Not detected Not detected HDS728080PLAT20 Current HDD Not detected GCE 8526B Current CDRW Optional Optional MOD Disabled Space available Not editable Enter Displays the event log Enable 128 MB AGP 16 MB Section 8 8 PC Block GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 Peripheral Configuration Serial Port A Parallel Port Mode Audio LAN Device ASF Support Device Configuration ATA IDE Configuration PCI IDE Bus Master Hard Disk Pre Delay SATA Port 0 SATA Port 1 PATA Primary Master PATA Primary Slave PATA Secondary Master PATA Secondary Slave Floppy Configuration Diskette Controller Event Log Configuration Event Log View Event Log Event Logging Video Configuration AGP Aperture
148. acking the Equipment conta Section 3 3 2 Lift the TOP COVER up and off Top Cover Figure 3 8 Removing the top Cover Chapter 3 Installation 3 5 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 3 3 Receiving and Unpacking the Equipment conta 3 Remove the MONITOR CAP up and off Monitor Cap Figure 3 9 Removing the monitor cap 3 6 Section 3 2 Installation Reminders GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 3 3 Receiving and Unpacking the Equipment cont d 4 Remove the three PLASTIC JOINTs from the OUTER SLEEVE 5 Remove the OUTER SLEEVE 6 Remove the INNER SLEEVE Inner Sleeve Plastic Joint Outer Sleeve ars E Palette Assy Monitor Supporte Figure 3 10 Removing Plastic Joints and Sleeves Chapter 3 Installation 3 7 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 3 3 Receiving and Unpacking the Equipment conta Remove the PLASTIC BAG Lift the Monitor up by pressing the UP Down Release Button Remove the MONITOR SUPPORTER 0 Pull the Bottom Plate from the bottom so that it can be used as a ramp 7 8 9 1 11 Unlock the front caster and carefully put the console off the PALETTE PLASTIC BAG Console Monitor Supporter Palette Base Assy Bottom Plate Figure 3 11 Moving the LOGIQ 5 fr
149. ain etc You can also search for patients via the Search key and string Or Select All Button from the Patient Menu fe 082906 062820 AM 08 29 2006 06 28 21 Figure 8 209 Source Section NOTE You need to use your best judgment when moving patients images If there are lots of images or loops then only move a few patients at a time 5 Once you have selected all of the patients to export press Transfer Button as shown inFigure 8 68 on page 8 119 from the Patient Menu Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 175 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 10 5 5 Image Management Guide cont d 6 The progress bar appears as the copy is taking place Once transfer completed the exported patient list will be shown as Figure 8 210 Figure 8 210 Destination Section of Patient Screen 7 Press to eject the media Specify that you want to finalize the CD ROM Importing Data To import an exam s to another Ultrasound system 1 At the other Ultrasound system insert the MOD or CD ROM 2 Press Patient Press Exam Data Transfer located at the upper left hand corner of the Patient menu Figure 8 211 Exam Data Trnasfer 3 Select Import task Button E Figure 8 212 Task button 8 176 Section 8 10 Software Loading Procedure GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 10 5 5 Image Management Guide cont d 4 The TO combo
150. al I O is the interface between the scanner and all external items located at the rear side of the scanner Examples InSite TCP IP network Printer etc Rear Panel assy consist of 2 assy RAl and RDI RAI means Rear Analog Interface and RDI means Rear Digital Interface 5 7 1 Input Output Signals for peripheral Table 5 14 Input Output signals for peripherals R G B Sync for Color RGB and Sync signal output for analog color VIC gt BAl BNC Connector Printer printer 1 0Vp p 75ohms unbalanced Cmpsit In for Color Composite input from Color printer for diagnostic BNC connector gt VIC Printer purpose TBD Shutter pong Exposure control signal for color printer VIC gt RDI gt Mono jack PC2IP gt VIC gt RDI gt 9P RS232 port for remote control of Color printer DSUB connector Composite Out S VHS Composite VCR output and S VHS output signal VIC gt RAI gt SVHS out for VCR for VCR Recording connector Audio L Out Audio R Out i Sound card in BEP gt RAI gt for VCR Stereo audio out for VCR Recording RCA Jack Remote RS232 port for remote control of VCR operation VIC ADI ar DSUB connector Composite out for BW Composite video signal output for BW printer VIC gt RAI gt connector printer 1 0Vp p 750hms unbalanced BW Shutter Shutter control signal for BW printer External gt RAI gt Mono Jack Foot switch is mechanical switch that connect Foot switch connector gt
151. al Name GE 11 System Ultrasound GE Medical Sprtemi System ID 15 Nete Reboot the system after diagnostic texts Select Uses Level Gt Serao Enter Figure 8 253 Service Login Window AN CAUTION lf the Login window for Service Platform is not displayed on the monitor the installation of the Service Platform has failed Reload the application software or Base System Software OS application software Contact a Technical Support for details 4 Select GE Service at the Select User Level field 5 Enter the password for the Service Platform 6 Click on Okay Select User Level Select User Level Select User Level Figure 8 254 Select GE Service 7 Verify that the following screen Service Platform is displayed on the monitor uN NOTICE When the service platform is NOT displayed check if CAPS lock is selected The CAPS should not be selected 8 200 Section 8 11 Installing Base Software Load Image GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 11 3 3 Functional Checks for Service Platform Diagnostic Program cont d 8 Click on x located at the upper right corner of the service platform screen to close the Service Platform and return to the scan panel Figure 8 255 Scan Panel 8 11 3 4 Setting the VCR if necessary 1 Touch Utility gt System gt Peripheral 2 Click on Setup tab 3 Set the proper parameters PAL or NT
152. and provides switchable connection between probes and 64ch transmitters receivers This board also has interface for a single CWD probe connector The main function of RLY ASSY is as follows 3 to 1 selectors for three probes Interface with JUSC bus control bus Interface with FEC ASSY for IIC bus Interface with DCWD Connector Supply Cut control and failure detection of supply voltage for Mux circuit in a Probe Device Mechanical Relay Switch 128ch 3 1 selector Temperature sensor in this assy detects temperature of RLY assy 5 4 1 1 Interface to Probe e Probe Status detection Detects whether not a probe is connected POPEN Detects ID code of a connected probe PCODE e Interface Transfers control data of Mux to probe CONSYS CONSTA Enables Disables control of data Detects whether Mux data setting is finished not e Power Supply for Mux Supply Cut control 5V and 15V on a connector are supplied while a probe is connected to the connector SHV are supplied only while a probe is selected Surface temperature 5 6 Section 5 4 Front End GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Detects resistance of a thermistor in a probe head as voltage when the probe is selected PTEMP This signal is connected to FEC e LED Blinking The LED in a probe blinks when the probe is selected 5 4 1 2 bus Connects signals o
153. apter 3 Installation 3 23 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Comments E Mail Address Remote Archive Setup Remote Archive IP Remote Archive IP Address AE Title GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 Section 3 9 Connectivity Installation Worksheet Site System Information Site Dept LOGIQ SN CONTACT INFORMATION Name TCP IP Settings Name AE Title IP Settings IP Address Subnet Mask Default Gateway Services Destination Devices Device Type Manufacturer 3 24 Section 3 8 Software Option Configuration GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 3 10 Loading Base System Software 3 10 1 Loading Base system Software For more information on loading base system software refer to Section 8 10 Software Loading Procedure on page 8 166 Chapter 3 Installation 3 25 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 3 11 System Setup 3 11 1 System Setup For more information on System setup refer to Section 8 11 Installing Base Software Load Image on page 8 178 3 26 Section 3 10 Loading Base System Software GE ME
154. atient list is visible No Archive Figure 4 16 To Combo Box Chapter 4 Functional Checks 4 19 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 3 11 4 Archiving Images cont d 4 In the patient list at the top of the Patient menu select the patient s you want to export You can use Windows commands to select more than one patient To select a consecutive list of patients click the cursor on the first name move the cursor to the last name then press and hold down the Shift right Set key to select all the names To select a non consecutive list of patients click the cursor at the first name move the cursor to the next name then press and hold down the Ctrl right Set key move the cursor to the next name then press and hold down the Ctrl right Set key again etc You can also search for patients via the Search key and string Or Select All Button from the Patient Menu ST cs ot rps 007029 AM 921792906 21 Figure 4 17 Source Section NOTE You need to use your best judgment when moving patients images If there are lots of images or loops then only move a few patients at a time 5 Once you have selected all of the patients to export press Transfer Button as shown in Figure 4 17 from the Patient Menu 6 The progress bar appears as the copy is taking place Once transfer completed the exported patient list will be shown as Figure 4 18 2006 06
155. ation Enables the user or service personnel to set the date time unit language basic information about the organization such as the institution name and department Settings 1 Power OFF the scanner 2 The SYSTEM EXIT window appears Click on Logoff SYSTEM EXIT Logon Information Test user with admin rights is logged on as adm Logon Time Fri Aug 31 17 22 22 2001 Logoff Shutdown Figure 3 17 System EXIT window 3 The message window appears Click on OK 4 The OPERATOR LOGIN window appears Change the User level to Admin then enter Password Then click on Log on OPERATOR LOGIN Operator adm Password Figure 3 18 Operator LOGIN window Chapter 3 Installation 3 15 3 6 1 3 6 1 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 3 6 1 1 System Settings cont d 5 Select Utility gt System 6 Set the Hospital name Department Date and Time Language and Units 08 900 12 Carotid ER GE Medical Systems d 06 28 02 2 17 29 PM 06 28 02 2 16 56 PM adm Location Date and Time Hospital foe Time Format 12 AMPM Department Pieveiopmrare Oste Format jus Language Dnfault Century 1 5on Units Metric Date Time Figure 3 19 Setting Display Click on Utilities to terminate the utility function Section 3 2
156. ay 3 SDRAM RAS Precharge 3 Fan Control Configuration Fan Control Enable Lowest Fan Speed Slow Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Security menu screen Supervisor password Installed User password Not Installed Set Supervisor password User Access Level No Access Set User password Chassis Intrusion Disable Power ACPI ACPI Suspend State 51 State Wake on Lan from 5 stay off After Power Failure Stay OFF Wake On PCI PME Stay OFF Boot Silent Boot Enable Intel R rapid BIOS Boot Enable Scan User Flash Area Enable PXT Boot To LAN Disable USB Boot Disable Boot Device Priority 1ST Boot Device GCE 8526B Current CDRW 2ND Boot Device HDS728080PLAT20 Current HDD 3 RD Boot Device Disable 8 118 Section 8 8 PC Block GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL b BTO5 BEP3 BIOS set up condition Main menu screen BIOS Version BF86510A 86 A 0069 P21 Process Type Intel Pentium 4 Not editable Process Speed 2 8Ghz Not editable System Bus Speed 533Mhz Not editable System Memory Speed 333Mhz Not editable Cache RAM 512KB Not editable Total Memory 512MB Not editable Memory Mode Single channel Not editable Memory Channel A Slot 0 512MB DDR333 Memory Channel A Slot 1 Not editable Memory Channel B Slot 0 Not edit
157. back an examination cineloop enables the user to perform further operations on the stored section see for further information on cineloop operation 15 Press FREEZE while playing back a To store a recorded sequence as a cineloop The last few seconds are recorded session stored as a cineloop 4 22 Section 4 5 Peripheral Checks GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 4 6Monitor Function Checks 4 6 1 CRT Assy function check procedure 1 Turn on the system and check the completion of Echoloader loading 2 Select Utility Key on the Key board and then choose Test Pattern and Resolution marked in Figure 4 19 E Healthcare MI 0 4 Tis 0 0 3 5C 20 08 7 33 32 AM ADM 083008 032535 AM Gyn JaA pum NM ES EN RANNA 07 34 21 AMER Figure 4 19 Monitor Test pattern screen 3 All the Numbers from to 100 on the Monitor Test pattern screen above should be easily distinguished 4 6 2 Monitor Cable Assy function check procedure 1 Turn on the system and check the completion of Echoloader loading 2 Select Utility Key on the Key board and then choose Test Pattern and Resolution marked in Figure 4 19 3 All the Numbers from to 100 on the Monitor Test pattern screen above should be easily distinguished 4 6 3 Monitor S W Assy func
158. bel Conn with LED label 8 l Block color 4 e ME wre Figure 8 168 4 8 8 2 5 Mounting procedure Case 4 BEP4 3 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 48 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown Section 4 9 12 VIC Assy function check procedure Service Manual Direction 2300000 Rev 1 Section 8 8 2 Equipment passed all required tests and is ready for use 8 8 2 6 Mounting Procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal 8 144 Section 8 8 PC Block GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 8 3 SMPS Assy Hard Disk CD R W Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Parts in the BEP Assy 8 8 3 1 Tools e pillips screwdrivers 8 8 3 2 Needed Manpower 1 persons 15 minutes travel 8 8 3 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4 3 2 on page 3 e Left Cover should be removed before proceed Refer to section 8 5 1 on page 39 8 8 3 4 Removal Procedure 1 Open front base cover and front cover Refer to section 8 5 6 on page 49 section 8 5 7 on page 51 2 Remove PC top fix bracket and scan EMC bracket Refer to Figure 8 169 Figure 8
159. c discharge may damage a component Turn OFF power and wear the wrist strap before you remove circuit boards Do not unplug the power cord to keep ground continuity Do not bend or flex the boards when mounting dismounting each boards Surface mount IC boards are very susceptible to damage from flex torque Remove the EMI Cover R Refer to section 8 5 14 on page 64 Unscrew the five screws from the Nest EMI Cover Remove the Nest EMI Cover 1 2 3 4 From the left view disconnect eight connectors from the Backplane Assy Refer to Figure 8 93 Figure 8 93 Disconnect 8 connectors from the left Section 8 7 PCB Boards 8 94 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 7 3 4 Removal Procedure cont d 5 From the right view disconnect two connectors 9 10 9 12 13 aak N 10 14 gt a 7 Figure 8 94 Disconnect 2 connectors from the right 6 Unscrew four 4 screws 11 14 to remove the Backplane Assy 7 Pull the Backplane assy out carefully WARNING The weight of the Backplane with PCBs inside is approximately 20 kg Two person is needed in the next step 8 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 45 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shu
160. cal Port IP Address Net Mask Destination GATEWAY IP Addresses IP Addresses Default MAKE REVISION AE TITLE IP ADDRESSES GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 DICOM Option Pre installation Requirements cont d 2 3 5 2 LOGIQ 5 Host Name AE Title ROUTING INFORMATION ROUTER1 ROUTER2 ROUTER3 DICOM APPLICATION INFORMATION NAME Figure 2 5 Worksheet for DICOM Network Information Chapter 2 Pre Installation Store 1 Store 2 Store 3 Store 4 Store 5 Store 6 Worklist Storage Commit MPPS GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL This page was intentionally left blank 2 12 Section 2 3 Facility Needs GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Chapter 3 Installation Section 3 1 Overview 3 1 1 Purpose of Chapter 3 This chapter contains information needed to install the unit Included are references to a procedure that describes how to receive and unpack the equipment and how to file a damage or loss claim How to prepare the facility and unit of the actual installation and how to check and test the unit probes and external peripherals for electrica
161. caliper at the end point distance or the most posterior point tissue depth move the TRACKBALL 5 To complete the measurement press SET The system displays the distance or tissue depth value in the measurement results window Before you complete a measurement To toggle between active calipers press MEASURE To erase the second caliper and the current data measured and start the measurement again press CLEAR once NOTE To rotate through and activate previously fixed calipers turn CURSOR SELECT NOTE After you complete the measurement to erase all data that has been measured to this point but not data entered onto worksheets press CLEAR 4 3 6 2 Circumference Area Ellipse Measurement 1 Press MEASURE once an active caliper displays 2 To position the active caliper move the TRACKBALL 3 To fix the start point press SET The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper To position the second caliper move the TRACKBALL Turn the ELLIPSE control an ellipse with an initial circle shape appears 4 5 YS wa NOTE Be careful not to press the Ellipse control as this activates the Body Pattern 6 To position the ellipse and to size the measured axes move the calipers move the TRACKBALL To increase the size turn the ELLIPSE control in a clockwise direction To decrease the size turn the ELLIPSE control in a counterclockwise direction To toggle between active
162. ce System performance and cooling require this OPERATOR MANUAL S The User Manual s should be fully read and understood before operating the LOGIQ 5 and kept near the unit for quick reference ACOUSTIC OUTPUT HAZARD Although the ultrasound energy transmitted from the LOGIQ 5 probe is within FDA limits avoid unnecessary exposure Ultrasound energy can produce heat and mechanical damage Air Pressure 700 1060hPa Humidity 30 95 Excluding Candensatlon Figure 3 6 Environmental Labels Chapter 3 Installation 3 3 DANGER CAUTION CAUTION CAUTION CAUTION CAUTION CAUTION CAUTION CAUTION A po PP gt gt gt GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 3 3 Receiving and Unpacking the Equipment When a new system arrives check that any components are not damaged and are not in short supply If shipping damage or shortage occurs contact the address shown in Chapter 1 AN CAUTION Do not lift the unit by the Keyboard Equipment damage may result AN CAUTION The crate with the LOGIQ 5 weighs approximately 180 kg 397 Ib Be prepared for a sudden shift of weight as the unit is removed from its base pallet 1 Cut the three PLASTIC BANDs Figure 3 7 Cutting the Plastic Bands 3 4 Section 3 2 Installation Reminders GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Receiving and Unp
163. ckground On lets you view the anatomy roadmap Background rU ON Background Off lets you view just flow information Sweep Speed Changes the speed at which the timeline is swept 4 8 Section 4 3 General Procedure GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 3 5 System CFM and PWD Checks SBEBB ap Focus Posities Threshold Packet Size Rejection Sweep Speed gt pum gt Auta Cala Quick Angle SV Length Gr Feame Average Line Density Angle Correct Angle Steer Power Output PRF Wall Fater Angle Steer Power Output Baseline PRE Wall Filter Figure 4 8 CFM and PWD Functions Table 4 4 CFM and PWD Functions Baseline Adjusts the baseline to accommodate faster or slower blood flows to eliminate aliasing Velocity scale determines pulse repetition frequency If the sample volume gate range exceeds single gate PRF capability PRE Wall Filter the system automatically switches to high PRF mode Multiple gates appear and HPRF is indicated on the display Estimates the flow velocity in a direction at an angle to the Angle Correct Doppler vector by computing the angle between the Doppler vector and the flow to be measured Threshold Threshold assigns the gray scale level at which color information stops Allows a specific color map to be selected After a selection has been made the color bar displays the resultant map Allows blood flow to be viewed from
164. cont d 3 Pull the LMT Board out Refer to Figure 8 92 Figure 8 92 Pulling Out LMT Board 4 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 44 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown Section 4 9 2 LMT Assy function check procedure Service Manual Direction 2300000 Rev 1 Section 8 7 2 Equipment passed all required tests and is ready for use 8 7 2 5 Mounting Procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 93 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 7 3 BackPlane Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Backplane 8 7 3 1 Tools e Common pillips screwdrivers 8 7 3 2 Needed Manpower e 1 person 30 minutes travel 8 7 3 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4 3 2 on page 3 Left Cover Right Cover and Rear Cover should be removed before proceed Refer to section 8 5 1 on page 39 section 8 5 2 on page 41 and section 8 5 3 on page 43 Itis recommended to remove BEP Back End Processor assy before proceed For more information refer to BEP Back End Processor ASSY on section 8 8 1 on page 101 8 7 3 4 Removal Procedure AN CAUTION An electroni
165. creen 10 Using arrow keys select Exit amp Exit Saving Change and press the Enter key 8 180 Section 8 11 Installing Base Software Load Image GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 11 1 Installing Base Software Load Image CD cont d 11 Insert the disk labeled Base System Software Load Image Disk 1 of 2 into the CDROM drive 12 After restarting the system when the following screen appears press the Enter key to continue to abort remove the CD ROM from the drive and press CTRL C WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING THIS PROCEDURE MAY RESULT IN COMPLETE PATIENT DATA LOSS IF NOT USED CORRECTLY PLEASE READ THE OPTION BELOW CAREFULLY BEFORE PROCEEDING This process is NOT REVERSIBLE and should stopped once started DO NOT power off the system until the process has completed It will take less than 15 minutes to load the drive If this process is stopped for some reason you WILL have to it again to completion or else the system will not work If you want to proceed with this process press the Enter key to continue with option selection OR Remove the CDROM from the CDROM drive and Press CTRL C now to exit and power cycle your system to restart it without overwriting your disk drive s current contents ress any key to continue Figure 8 219 Warning Screen Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 181
166. d Patient Lead Source Leakage Isolation Peripheral 1 Leakage Current Peripheral 1Ground Continuity Peripheral 2 Leakage Current Peripheral 2Ground Continuity Peripheral 3 Leakage Current Peripheral 3Ground Continuity Probe Number from previous page Probe 1 Probe 2 Probe 3 Probe 4 Probe 5 Probe 6 Probe 7 Probe 8 Probe 9 Final Check All system covers are in place System scans with all probes as expected Accepted by 10 24 Section 10 9 When There s Too Much Leakage Current LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 INDEX D DC Power 5 13 DDBF 6 10 DICOM Network Function 2 9 Dimensions 3 7 Display platform Maneuverability check 4 17 E ECG Checks 4 16 Electrical Requirements 2 3 Electrical Safety 1 8 Electrical Safety Tests 10 10 Electrical Specifications 3 8 EMC 1 12 EMI 1 12 EMI Limitations 2 4 Environmental Requirements 2 2 Equipment 10 4 Equipment Models 9 2 ESD 1 12 External I O 5 7 F Facility Needs 2 6 FAN Assy 8 54 Fans 5 22 Front Cover 8 6 Front End 5 4 FRU Replacement Procedures 8 18 Functional Checks 4 15 10 6 Fuse 8 34 G General Cleaning 10 7 General Procedure 4 2 Global Service User Interface 5 17 GSUI 5 17 Index A Abbreviations 9 1 AC Box Assy 8 50 AC Power 5 12 AC Tra
167. d Source Leakage Lead to Lead 10 17 Page 12 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Isolated Patient Lead Sink Leakage Isolation Test 10 18 2 3 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Page 14 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Chapter 1 Introduction Section 1 1 Overview 1 1 1 Purpose of Chapter 1 This chapter describes important issues related to safely servicing the LOGIQ 5 scanner The service provider must read and understand all the information presented in this manual before installing or servicing a unit Table 1 1 Contents in Chapter 1 Section Description Page Number 1 1 Overview 1 1 1 2 Important Conventions 1 3 1 3 Safety Considerations 1 7 1 4 EMC EMI and ESD 1 13 1 5 Customer Assistance 1 14 1 1 2 Purpose of Service Manual This Service Manual provides installation and service information for the LOGIQ 5 Ultrasound Scanning System and contains the following chapters Chapter 1 Introduction Contains a content summary and warnings Chapier 2 Pre Installation Contains pre installation requirements for the LOGIQ 5 Chapter 3 Installation Contains installation procedures Chapter 4 Functional Checks Contains functional checks that are recommended as part of the installation or as required during servici
168. d Confirmations amp Functional Checks Installing Application Only Section 8 10 5 3 Saving Connectivity Section 8 10 5 4 Operator Login Password Backup Section 8 10 5 5 Image Management Guide Section 8 11 2 Installing Application R4 X X Section 8 11 3 Standard Confirmations amp Functional Checks Figure 8 197 Flow Chart Installation of Base and Application CD Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 167 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Before Starting Software Loading Check Software Version and BEP Type 1 Turn ON the system 2 Touch the Utility button on the Touch Panel Figure 8 198 Touch the Utility Operator Login Window appears Select adm Administrator for the Operator field Adm Administrator will be shown in the Operator field as default Enter password which is configured already or the password might not be necessary Then click on Log on TitleLogin Figure 8 199 Operator Login Window 3 Touch the Utility button on the Touch Panel 4 Click on About tab 5 Check Image Part Number is 2377598 or 2393964 or 5134559 and 5132191 then confirm BEP type Refer to Table 8 57 on page 168 Table 8 57 BEP Type Image Part Number BEP Type 2377598 2 or later BEP2 and 40GB HDD 2393964 x or 5134559 x BEP2 and 80GB HDD 5132191 x BEP3 Section 8 10 Software Loading Procedure GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 8 10 5 8 10 5 1 NOTE 8 168
169. d allows for future viewing of the diagnostic logs Chapter 5 Components and Functions 5 39 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 5 10 6 Image Quality The Image Quality page is intended to contain tools for troubleshooting image quality issues 3 Image This is the Image Quality Application Areal Figure 5 34 Image Quality Page 5 10 7 Calibration The Calibration page is intended to contain the tools used to calibrate the system Figure 5 35 Calibration Page 5 40 Section 5 10 Service Platform GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 5 10 8 Configuration The Configuration page is intended to be used to setup various configuration files on the system The Service Platform is the access and authorization control for remote access to the configuration subsystem The enable disable of software options can be done from this Configuration page Figure 5 36 Configuration Page 5 10 9 Utilities The Utilities page contains several miscellaneous tools Figure 5 37 Customer Utilities Page Chapter 5 Components and Functions 5 41 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 5 10 10 Replacement The Replacement page is intended to contain the tools used to track replacement parts used in the system 1s the PARTS Appbcahon Areal Figure 5 38 Part Replacement Page 5 10 11
170. d unplug the power cord before removing a part of power supply unit However be sure to turn off power and wear the strap before you remove a circuit boards LV Unit can be removed without disassembling AC Power Assy 1 Unscrew four 4 screws 1 4 to remove Left side cover of AC Power assy 2 Disconnect three 3 connectors 5 7 from the rear side of the LV Unit Refer to Figure 8 185 Figure 8 185 Disconnect 3 connectors 3 Unscrew four 4 screws 8 11 to remove Right side cover of AC Power assy Section 8 9 Power Block 8 9 2 8 9 2 1 8 9 2 2 8 9 2 3 8 9 2 4 A CAUTION NOTE 8 156 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 9 2 4 Removal Procedure cont d 4 Unscrew four 4 screws 12 15 and disconnect twenty 20 connectors from the front side of the LV unit using long nose gripper Refer to Figure 8 186 15 gt Figure 8 186 Unscrew 4 screws and disconnect 20 connectors 5 Remove the LV unit 6 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 51 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown Service Manual Direction Section 4 9 16 LV Unit function check procedure 2300000 Rev 1 Section 8 9 2 Equipment assed all required tests and is ready for use
171. e Requirements Console Environmental Requirements Table 2 9 Environmental Requirements for LOGIQ 5 Scanners 10 30 C 10 60 C 40 60 C 50 104 F 14 140 F 40 140 F Humidit 30 85 30 90 30 90 y non condensing non condensing non condensing Pressure 700 1060086 1060hPa 700 10600 8 1060hPa 700 1060hPa Temperature Table 2 10 Environmental Requirements for an Ultrasound Room 15 120V 100V 220 240V CIRCUIT BREAKER Temperature 20 26 DEG C 68 79 DEG F for PATIENT COMFORT Humidity 50 to 70 for PATIENT COMFORT 180 397lbs without Accessories Cooling The cooling requirement for the LOGIQ 5 is 3500 BTU hr This figure does not include cooling needed for lights people or other equipment in the room Each person in the room places an additional 300 BTU hr demand on the cooling system Lighting Bright light is needed for system installation updates and repairs However operator and patient comfort may be optimized if the room light is subdued and indirect Therefore a combination lighting system dim bright is recommended Keep in mind that lighting controls and diameters can be a source of EMI which could degrade image quality These controls should be selected to minimize possible interface Section 2 2 General Console Requirements 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 2 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANU
172. e artifacts caused by this interference For this reason it is imperative that all covers and hardware are installed and secured before the unit is put into operation 3 10 Section 3 2 Installation Reminders GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 3 5 Completing the Installation 3 5 1 Power On Boot Up NOTE After turning off the system wait at least ten seconds before turning it on again The system may not be able to boot if power is recycled too quickly 3 5 1 1 Scanner Power On 1 Connect the Main Power Cable at the rear of the System A WARNING Protective earth must be taken when connecting AC power cable 200V without its plug to wall outlet 2 Connect the Main Power cable to an appropriate mains power outlet 3 Switch ON the Main Circuit Breaker at the rear of the System e 9 o o Main Power Cable Figure 3 13 Circuit Breaker When power is applied to the Scanner and the Rear Circuit breaker is turned ON Power is distributed to the Fans Control panel Monitor Internal and External I O s Cage Boards Peripherals and the Backend Processor When the Power ON OFF key is pressed once the Backend Processor starts and its software code is distributed to initiate the scanner Chapter 3 Installation 3 11 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 3 5 1 1 Scanner Power On cont d 4 P
173. e system and key in the service password Features ot product we covenmd Dy or more penang patent applications and by or more cf the US or rtermatona paterts brina the About page Figure 8 176 maintenance login 8 8 3 6 3 File Copy 1 The database control software module should be disabled through task manager The task manager can be activated by following procedure 2 Move the cursor to right bottom side of screen 3 Click the left trackball key and select task manager fe Cot Vew look Heb 8 Gj Qj ROI zd Adress Folders X xeitpe USER D al ARCHIVE 3 0 E C LJ LJ CENS Sy a Inegebuller orig RECYQLER E spooker E spooler ong Adjust DatefTime System volue Informasion Windows SWAP Tie hirit aty af Cempoet Dise 6 Windoves tically 9 ig SYSTEM H 2 objects Dek free space 61 92 ie Task e 0 Figure 8 1 77 Run Task Manager 4 Select then process button on the task manager window Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 149 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 File Copy cont d 8 8 3 6 3 5 Select the dbeng7 exe in the process list and
174. eakage Current Test 10 8 5 1 Definition This test measures the current that would flow to ground from any of the probes through a patient who is being scanned and becomes grounded by touching some other grounded surface 10 8 5 2 Generic Procedure Measurements should be made with the ground open and closed with power line polarity normal and reversed and with the unit Off and On For each combination the probe must be active to find the worst case condition POLARITY REVERSING SWITCH H BLACK PROBE CONSOLE POWER N WHITE OUTLET G GREEN MOMENTARY SWITCH LEAKAGE TEST METER Figure 10 5 Set Up for Probe Leakage Current NOTE Each probe will have some amount of leakage current dependent on its design Small variations in probe leakage currents are normal from probe to probe Other variations will result from differences in line voltage and test lead placement Chapter 10 Care amp Maintenance 10 19 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 10 8 5 3 No Meter Probe Adapter Procedure Figure 10 6 Check Without Probe Adapter Follow these steps to test each transducer for leakage current Turn the LOGIQ 5 unit OFF Plug the unit into the test meter and the meter into the tested AC wall outlet Plug the external probe into the meter s EXTERNAL connector Set the meter s FUNCTION switch to EXTERNAL position Connect the probe for test wi
175. eck grounding of the power cord and power outlet After you finish repairing or updating the system replace all covers and tighten all screws Replace all screws RF Any cable with an external connection requires a magnet wrap at each end Install the gaskets covers cores shield over the front of card cage Loose or missing covers or RF gaskets allow radio frequencies to interface with the ultrasound signals If more than 20 or a pair of fingers on the RF gaskets are broken replace the gaskets broren R7 gaskets Do not turn on the unit until any loose metallic part is removed Do not place labels where RF Never place a label where RF gaskets meet the unit Otherwise the gap created will permit gaskets touch metal RF leakage Or if a label has been found in such a position move the label Use GE specified harnesses The interconnect cables are grounded and require ferrite beads and other shielding Also and peripherals cable length material and routing are all important do not change from what is specified Take care with cellular phones Cellular phones may transmit a 5 V m signal that could cause image artifacts Do not allow cables to lie across the top of the card cage or hang out of the peripheral bays Loop the excess length for peripheral cables inside the peripheral bays Attach the monitor cables to the frame Properly dress peripheral cables Chapter 2 Pre Installation 2 5 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIR
176. een Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 113 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Boot Configuration lay 0 5 er iguration IDE Controller Both PCIIDE Bus Master Enable Hard Disk Pre Delay Disable Primary IDE Master ST 380011A Primary IDE Slave Not Detected Secondary IDE Master PX W241 Secondary IDE Slave Not Detected Event Log Configuration Event Logging Enable USB Configuration High Speed USB Disable Legacy USB Support Enable Fan Control Configuration Fan Control Enable Lowest Fan Speed Slow GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 Advanced Menu PCI Configuration PCISlott1 IRQ Priority PCISIot2 IRQ Priority PCISIot3 IRQ Priority PCI Slot 4 IRQ Priority PCI Slot 5 IRQ Priority PCI Slot 6 IRQ Priority Peripheral Configuration Serial PortA AUTO Parallel Port AUTO Mode ECP Audio Enable LAN Device Enable Diskette Configuration Diskette Controller Disable Video Configuration AGP Aperture Size 64 MB Primary Video adapter AGP Frame Buffer Size 1 MB Chipset Configuration ISA Enable Bit Enable Latency Time 32 Extended Configuration Default Figure 8 122 Advanced Menu Security Menu Figure 8 123 Security Menu 8 114 Section 8 8 PC Block GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Power Menu Figure 8 124 Power Menu B
177. efer to Section 4 3 4 System B M Mode Checks on page 4 7 Refer to Section 4 3 5 System CFM and PWD Checks on page 4 9 AC Power Box function check procedure 1 Turn on the system and check the completion of Echoloader loading 2 Check the system basic functions Refer to Section 4 3 4 System B M Mode Checks on page 4 7 Refer to Section 4 3 5 System CFM and PWD Checks on page 4 9 Fuse set function check procedure 1 Turn on the system and check the completion of Echoloader loading Check the system basic functions Refer to Section 4 3 4 System B M Mode Checks on page 4 7 Refer to Section 4 3 5 System CFM and PWD Checks on page 4 9 Section 4 9 Board Function Checks 4 9 15 4 9 16 4 9 17 4 9 18 4 9 19 4 9 20 4 54 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 55 Comments GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 Section 4 10 Site Log Table 4 12 Site Log Date Service person Problem Chapter 4 Functional Checks GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL This page was intentionally left blank 4 56 Section 4 10 Site Log LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 Chapter 5 Components and Fuctions Theory Section 5 1 Overview 5 1 1 Purpose of Chapter 5 This chapter explains LOGI
178. em 4 5 5 Safety 1 7 SCSI ID Number 4 12 Service Login 5 17 Side Cover 8 2 Software Configuration Checks 4 17 Speaker Assy 8 21 Special Tools 10 4 Supplies 10 4 Swivel Function Adjustment 6 5 System Clock 3 5 System Configuration 3 9 System Features 4 15 System Maintenance 10 5 System Manufacture 1 13 System Mode Checks 4 15 System Settings 3 9 System Specifications 3 7 Theory 5 2 Top Console 5 7 Top Cover 8 8 Trackball Assy 8 30 Transducers 3 14 TRAP 6 9 TX Power 5 14 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL INDEX A 4 Index
179. emote 1 and Remote 2 Table 3 7 Pin Assignments of RS232C for Service Table 3 8 Pin Assignments of DB15 connector for External VGA Section 3 2 Installation Reminders 3 6 4 1 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 3 6 4 1 External I O Pin Outs cont d Table 3 9 Pin Assignments of USB Table 3 10 Pin Assignments of InSite RJ45 Male Connector Table 3 11 Pin Assignments of Ethernet Output Signal PRINT 1 Table 3 12 Pin Assignment of Mini Jack for Controlling B W Printer Output Signal SHUTTER 2 7 Table 3 13 Assignment of Mini Jack for Controlling Color Chapter 3 Installation 3 21 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 Video Specification Video specifications may be needed to be able to connect laser cameras or other devices to the 1024x768 60Hz 48 36 20 68 65 00 4 92 2 09 0 37 15 75 60 00 16 67 38 0 79 6 124 10 3 62 00 806 768 800x600 75Hz 46 88 21 33 49 50 5 17 1 62 0 32 16 16 75 00 13 33 25 0 53 3 64 00 1 21 3 625 600 800x600 60Hz 37 88 26 40 40 00 6 40 3 20 1 00 20 00 60 32 16 58 28 0 74 4 105 60 1 26 4 628 600 640x480 60Hz 31 47 31 78 24 55 5 70 2 36 0 73 26 07 59 94 16 68 45 1 43 6 190 70 6 190 7 525 525 480 768x576 50Hz 31 25 32 00 29 50 5 97 2 34 0
180. emove the Top Cover Refer to section 8 5 5 on page 47 5 Unscrew four 4 screws 1 4 to remove peri rear bracket Refer to Figure 8 70 1 2 Figure 8 70 Removing the Peri Rear Bracket 8 70 Section 8 6 Body Block GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 6 1 4 Removal Procedure cont d 6 Unscrew two 2 screws 5 6 from the rear side of handle Refer to Figure 8 71 5 6 Figure 8 71 Unscrew two screws 7 Unscrew four 4 screws 7 10 above top plate surface on the Rear Handle 8 Unscrew four 4 screws 11 14 below top plate surface on the Rear Handle Refer to Figure 8 72 Figure 8 72 Removing the Rear Handle 9 Remove the Rear Handle Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 71 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 6 1 4 Removal Procedure cont d 10 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 36 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown Service Manual Direction 2300000 Rev 1 Section 8 6 1 Equipment Section 4 8 2 Cover Parts Function Validation passed all required tests and is ready for use Section 10 5 5 Physical Inspection 8 6 1 5 Mounting procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal
181. emoving the Side Caps 8 68 Section 8 5 Covers GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 5 16 4 Removal Procedure cont d 5 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 35 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown Service Manual Direction 2300000 Rev 1 Section 8 5 16 Equipment Section 4 8 2 Cover Parts Function Validation passed all required tests and is ready for use Section 10 5 5 Physical Inspection 8 5 16 5 Mounting procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 69 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 8 6 Body Block 8 6 1 Rear Handle Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Rear Handle 8 6 1 1 Tools Common pillips screwdrivers Allen Unbraco wrench 8 6 1 2 Needed Manpower person 25 minutes travel 8 6 1 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4 3 2 on page 3 8 6 1 4 Removal Procedure 1 Remove the Left Cover Refer to section 8 5 1 on page 39 2 Remove the Right Cover Refer to section 8 5 2 on page 41 3 Remove the Rear Cover Refer to section 8 5 3 on page 43 4 R
182. en 6 Then the Maintenance window will be shown on the monitor display Select the Exit to Windows button Pegasus rui Pegasus 509 at dataut Start timeout s fio ee Figure 6 7 Maintenance Window 6 6 Section 6 3 Power Supply Adjustment GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 6 4 Reloading the Probe Data conta 7 Windows Desktop screen is displayed ion men 225 Figure 6 8 Windows 2000 Desktop Chapter 6 Service Adjustment 6 7 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 6 5 Monitor and LCD Adjustments 6 5 1 Contrast and Brightness Adjustment To adjust the contrast and brightness 1 Press the Toggle button 1 for contrast and brightness Confirm that the contrast or brightness indicator is displayed on the monitor If the brightness is displayed press the toggle button again Figure 6 9 Monitor 2 Press the Adjustment button 2 to increase contrast or brightness 3 Press the Adjustment button 3 to decrease contrast or brightness The amount of contrast or brightness is shown on a slide bar on the screen Refer the following table for the setting Table 6 21 Contrast and Brightness Recommended Setting Monitor Adjustment Room Condition 0 meme 6 Record the final brightness and contrast settings and leave this information withe the s
183. en save you time or effort Chapter 1 Introduction 1 3 1 2 1 A DANGER N WARNING A CAUTION UN NOTICE NOTE GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 1 2 2 Standard Hazard Icons Important information will always be preceded by the exclamation point contained within a triangle as seen throughout this chapter In addition to text several different graphical icons symbols may be used to make you aware of specific types of hazards that could cause harm Table 1 3 Standard Hazard Icons ELECTRICAL MECHANICAL RADIATION 4 LASER HEAT PINCH LASER LIGHT Other hazard icons make you aware of specific procedures that should be followed Table 1 4 Standard Icons Indicating a Special Procedure Be Used AVOID STATIC ELECTRICITY TAG AND LOCK OUT WEAR EYE PROTECTION ha EYE PROTECTION 1 4 Section 1 2 Important Conventions GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 1 2 3 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Product Icons The following table describes the purpose and location of safety labels and other important information provided on the equipment Table 1 5 Product Icons LOCATION Rear of console near power inlet Under monitor On each probe Rear of console Under front of monitor Footswitch Probe connectors PCG connector or Rear of Console ECG connector Surgical probes Various Various
184. eports Activates default report and Touch Panel of report choices End Exam Activates Image Management and Touch Panel with end of exam options Utility Activates the configuration system Preset Select the application to use Probe Indicator Indicates and selects the probes 4 5 5 NOTE Different menus are displayed depending on which Touch Panel Menu is selected At the bottom of the Touch Panel there are five combination rotary dials push buttons The functionality of these rotaries changes depending upon the currently displayed menu Press the button to switch between controls as with Focus Position Number or rotate the dial to adjust the value Chapter 4 Functional Checks 4 5 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Monitor Display 1 3 2 12 gg Medical Systems demo 3JD 0 4602 6 20 06 14 01 7 42 43 adm 2001 eem 0823 83 vasis 22 011 13 P E ELETE General ACiHadiock HC Haiack 14 FL l a GS Hellman CRL Hadlock 15 angue 16 17 Menu 8 frowser image Figure 4 6 Monitor Display Tour Table 4 2 Monitor Display Features 1 Institution Hospital Name Date Time Operator 2 Probe Identifier Exam Study Identification 3 Patient Name Patient Identification 4 GE Symbol Probe Orientation Marker Coincides with a probe orientation marking on the probe
185. equired tests and is ready for use Section 10 5 5 Physical Inspection 8 5 9 5 Mounting procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 55 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL OP Rear Cover Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the OP Rear Cover Tools e Common pillips screwdrivers Allen Unbraco wrench Needed Manpower lperson 15 minutes travel Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4 3 2 on page 3 Removal Procedure 1 Unscrew two screws 1 2 A coin can be used for a screwdriver to unscrew 2 Remove OP Rear Cover Refer to Figure 8 62 Figure 8 62 Removing OP Rear Cover Section 8 5 Covers 8 5 10 8 5 10 1 8 5 10 2 8 5 10 3 8 5 10 4 NOTE 8 56 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 5 10 4 Removal Procedure cont d 3 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 29 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown Service Manual Direction 2300000 Rev 1 Section 8 5 10 Equipment Section 4 8 2 Cover Parts Function Validation passed all required tests and is ready
186. es and persons with which the device must interface Inadequate compatibility results when a susceptible device fails to perform as intended due interference from its environment or when the device produces unacceptable levels of emission to its environment This interference is often referred to as radio frequency or electromagnetic interference RFI EMI and can be radiated through space or conducted over interconnecting power of signal cables In addition to electromagnetic energy EMC also includes possible effects from electrical fields magnetic fields electrostatic discharge and disturbances in the electrical power supply CE Compliance The LOGIQ 5 unit conforms to all applicable conducted and radiated emission limits and to immunity from electrostatic discharge radiated and conducted fields magnetic fields and power line transient requirements For applicable standards refer to the Safety Chapter in the Basic User Manual For CE Compliance it is critical that all covers screws shielding gaskets mesh clamps are in good condition installed tightly without skew or stress Proper installation following all comments noted in this service manual is required in order to achieve full EMC performance Electrostatic Discharge ESD Prevention DO NOT TOUCH ANY BOARDS WITH INTEGRATED CIRCUITS PRIOR TO TAKING THE NECESSARY ESD PRECAUTIONS 1 ALWAYS CONNECT YOURSELF VIA AN ARM WRIST STRAP TO THE ADVISED ESD CONNECTION POINT LOCA
187. ese data should be back up with CD before data copy procedure Since the patient data will be overwritten into the new hard disk from used hard disk 8 8 3 6 1 Connect HDD 1 Set the used hard disk as slave mode disk All the HDD have jumper for mode setting master mode or slave mode For the patient data copy procedure the both HDD should be set as master and slave The HDD in the installed BEP assy is the master All of the HDD in BEP assy are set to master in the factory So the used HDD should be set to slave Refer the figure of HDD jumper Master Mode Figure 8 174 HDD Mode Setting Jumper 2 Connect the IDE cable to HDD 3 The used HDD should be installed in BEP assy as slave HDD There are 2 flat cables in the BEP assy One is for CDRW drive or MOD and the other is for HDD The both HDD used one and new one should be connected through common flat cable If the HDD cable is tied by tie wrap cut the tie off carefully The extra connector of HDD cable should be connected to the used HDD as Figure 8 175 Cut the cable tie Connect the HDD cable Figure 8 175 Connector HDD Cable 8 148 Section 8 8 PC Block GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 8 3 6 2 Data copy to new HDD 1 Go into maintenance mode 2 Plug the USB service dongle into usb port on the rear panel There are 2 usb ports on the rear panel The right side USB port is recommended for service dongle Turn on th
188. ew parts in the reverse order of removal Section 8 5 Covers 8 5 2 4 8 5 2 5 8 42 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 5 3 Rear Cover Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Rear Cover 8 5 3 1 Tools e pillips screwdrivers 8 5 3 2 Needed Manpower 1 persons 15 minutes travel 8 5 3 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4 3 2 on page 3 8 5 3 4 Removal Procedure 1 Remove the Left Cover Refer to section 8 5 1 on page 39 2 Remove the Right Cover Refer to section 8 5 2 on page 41 3 Unscrew six screws 1 6 4 Remove the Rear Cover Refer to Figure 8 50 Figure 8 50 Removing the rear cover Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 43 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Removal Procedure cont d 5 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 22 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown Service Manual Direction 2300000 Rev 1 Section 8 5 3 Equipment Section 4 8 2 Cover Parts Function Validation passed all required tests and is ready for use Section 10 5 5 Physical Inspection Mounti
189. ey Verify that High Speed USB is Enabled If it is disabled using arrow keys select High Speed USB and press the Enter key and change it Figure 8 215 USB Configuration 4 To exit USB Configuration press ESC key 8 178 Section 8 11 Installing Base Software Load Image GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 11 1 Installing Base Software Load Image CD cont d 5 Using arrow keys Select Advanced Tab and select Chipset Configuration and then press the Enter key Verify that ISA Enable Bit is Disabled If it is enabled using arrow keys select ISA Enable Bit and press the Enter key and Change it SA Enable Bit Disabled 6 To exit Chipset Configuration press ESC key 7 Using arrow keys select Boot and Boot Device Priority Verify that CDROM is selected as a First Boot Device 8 If itis not select First Boot Device and press the Enter key using arrow keys Then select CDROM and press the Enter key Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 179 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 11 1 Installing Base Software Load Image CD cont d First Boot Device Figure 8 217 First Boot Device to CD ROM for BEP2 NOTE If the system is BEP3 select 1st Boot Device to 4M HL DT ST GCE 8526B Boot Device 4H HL DT ST GCE 85268 Figure 8 218 1st Boot Device to 4M HL DT ST GCE 8526B 9 Press the ESC key to return to the Setup Utility s
190. f bus with a relay when bus access is required Selects one of thress probes that IIC access with 3 to 1 switch 5 4 2 LMT Figure 5 6 LMT Block Diagram The main function of LMT ASSY is as follows 64ch transmit receiving switches protect a Pre amp from a high voltage transmit pulse All control signal DC power for RLY pass thorugh this LMT Assy Chapter 5 Components and Functions 5 7 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 5 4 3 PMP 5 4 3 1 Overview Rx Ch O lt lt RxCh Rx Ch 2 Rx Ch 3 Rx Ch 4 Rx Ch 2 Rx Ch 5 Rx Ch 48 Rx Ch 8 Rx Ch 9 Rx Ch 61 Rx Ch 0 l gt h Rx Ch 2 STCW Sig 3 1 0 To CWDOP Assy CE Rx Ch 0 gt lt Rx Ch 81 Rx Ch 3 PGC Analog S ig PGC e FromFEC 9 Signal Rx Sig 63 0 Buffer To RDS Assy Test Sig FromF EC Test For Assy Diagnositic d 516081 Figure 5 7 Block Diagram For Channel The PMP Pre Amplifier board receives and amplifies each 64 echo signals Then all 64 echo signals from 0 to 63ch are outputted to the RDS sub system two RDS ASSYs and following 32 echo signals from 32 to 63ch are simultaneously outputted to the CWDOP ASSY via the SIG ASSY The PMP ASSY can amplify 64 echo signals So the echo signals are received by a PMP ASSY under appropriate control The PMP ASSY are inserted
191. f change to BTO5 BEP3 FRU on BTO5 SYSTEM cont d 5 Connect the LCD Connector to BEP LCD connector Figure 1 113 LCD cable connection 6 Connect Ll LO MI ETHERNET Connector to Sound LAN Port on BEP Ethernet Cable MI MIC Red cable LO Line Out Green Cable LI Line In Blue Cable Figure 1 114 Connecting Cables Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 109 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 8 1 6 BEP Cable Connection With Console In case of change to BTO5 BEP3 FRU on BTO5 SYSTEM cont d 7 Connect CON17 Connector to BEP CON 17 cable Figure 1 115 Connecting CON17 cables 8 Check the CON 17 cable is arranged without short before connecting 9 Connect CON21 Connector to BEP CON 21 Cable Figure 1 116 CON21 cable connection 8 110 Section 8 8 PC Block GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 8 1 6 BEP Cable Connection With Console In case of change to BTO5 BEP3 FRU on BTO5 SYSTEM cont d 10 Connection COM1 Connector to Serial Port on BEP NOTE COM Cable Connect to Motherboard Serial Port D SUB 9 Pin Male 11 Connection Keyboard Printer connector to USB Port on BEP COM cable Figure 1 117 COM cable connection eyboard Printer Figure 1 118 Keyboard Printer connector Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 111 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISI
192. fibrillator Label Do not use with Defibrillator On optional ECG Module Chapter 1 Introduction GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 1 3 5Label Locations cont d United States law restricts this device to sale or use by or on the order of a physician 0459 CISPR 11 EN 55011 CLASS A GROUP 1 6 CLASSE GROUPE 1 7 220 240V 500VA Max Including front printer panel Europe USA Console 220V 100 120V 500VA Max Including front printer panel Japan USA Asia Console 100 120V For proper grounding For proper grounding connect to hospital connect to hospital grade receptacle grade receptacle Circuit Breaker 1 Circuit Breaker On AC Line Input AC Line Input 120V 50 60Hz 220 240V 5Q 60H T 60Hz 1250VA Max 1250VA of OO Figure 1 2 OUTSIDE MARKINGS OF LOGIQ 5 Rear Possible Shock Hazard Label Do not use the following devices near this equipment Label The equipment weighs approximately 180kg Prescription Devices CE Mark Label CISPR Label Voltage Range Indication Label Power Indication Label Grounding reliability Label fo 0 6 gt 1 10 Section 1 3 Safety Considerations LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL CLASS MADE FOR GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MILWAUKEE WISCONSIN BY GE ULTRASOUND KOREALTD MODEL LOGIQS
193. from the Right Cover Refer to Figure 8 68 Figure 8 68 Removing Side Caps 8 66 Section 8 5 Covers GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 5 15 4 Removal Procedure cont d 5 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 34 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown Service Manual Direction 2300000 Rev 1 Section 8 5 15 Equipment Section 4 8 2 Cover Parts Function Validation passed all required tests and is ready for use Section 10 5 5 Physical Inspection 8 5 15 5 Mounting procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 67 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 5 16 Side Fringe Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Side Fringe 8 5 16 1 Tools e Not required 8 5 16 2 Needed Manpower 1 persons minute travel 8 5 16 3 Preparations 8 5 16 4 Removal Procedure 1 Remove the Left Cover Refer to section 8 5 1 on page 39 2 Pull the Side Fringe upward from the Left Cover 3 Remove the Right Cover Refer to Right Cover on section 8 5 2 on page 41 4 Pull the Side Fringe upward from the Right Cover Refer to Figure 8 69 Figure 8 69 R
194. functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 26 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown Service Manual Direction 2300000 Rev 1 Section 8 5 7 Equipment Section 4 8 2 Cover Parts Function Validation passed all required tests and is ready for use Section 10 5 5 Physical Inspection 8 5 7 5 Mounting procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 51 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 5 8 OP Side L Cover Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the OP Side L Cover 8 5 8 1 Tools e Common pillips screwdrivers Allen Unbraco wrench 8 5 8 2 Needed Manpower person 25 minutes travel 8 5 8 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4 3 2 on page 3 8 5 8 4 Removal Procedure 1 Remove the Left Cover Refer to section 8 5 1 on page 39 Remove the Right Cover Refer to section 8 5 2 on page 41 3 Remove the Front Base Cover Refer to section 8 5 7 on page 51 4 Remove the Front Cover Refer to section 8 5 7 on page 51 5 Remove the Keyboard Refer to section 8 4 1 on page 15 6 Unscrew two 2 screws 1 2 and remove OP Curtain L Bracket Refer to Figure 8
195. functions Refer to Section 4 3 4 System B M Mode Checks on page 4 7 Refer to Section 4 3 5 System CFM and PWD Checks on page 4 9 4 9 11 3 Peripheral Test 1 See Peripheral Checks on page 4 22 4 50 Section 4 9 Board Function Checks GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 9 12 VIC Assy function check procedure 1 Turn on the system and check the completion of Echoloader loading 2 Do the Service Login Refer to the Section 5 10 2 2 Service Login on page 5 33 Select Diagnostics gt LOGIQ 5 Diagnostics gt FRU Test gt VIC Full Test Execute the diagnostic test All diagnostic test item of VIC should be passed 3 4 5 Uf GEMS Service Page Insite_Browser Error Logs brag Quality Cwibration Corti guration 4 Press the Execute button to start Current Stams Started on Tue Aug 26 11 45 38 PDT 2008 Start the VIC FULL 200105 diagnostic VIC ASSY REV Rev Board 08 VIC GPIO PASS VIC EEPROM PASS Completed on Tuc Aug 26 11 46 05 PDT 2008 Figure 4 53 VIC Diagnostic test 6 Check the system basic functions Refer to Section 4 3 4 System B M Mode Checks on page 4 7 Refer to Section 4 3 5 System CFM and PWD Checks on page 4 9 Chapter 4 Functional Checks 4 51 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 9 13 SMPS HDD ODD Assy function
196. g Assy 4 8 2 5 Front caster Rear caster e Check caster locks for proper operation e Check caster s motion for proper operation e Check if screws are in place Figure 4 37 Front caster Rear caster Chapter 4 Functional Checks 4 37 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 8 2 6 Bumper Set e Check if the bumper set is fastened so that it won t move e Check if the bumper set can not be removed easily Figure 4 38 Bumper Set 4 8 2 7 Air filter set Check if the air filter set is placed deep inside Figure 4 39 Air filter set 4 38 Section 4 8 Mechanical Function Checks GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 8 2 8 OP Panel Encoder Assy TGC Knob Set OP Panel LCD Encoder Assy Menu Encoder Assy Check if the each button operates properly e Check if encoder knobs are in the center e Check if the keycap set can not be removed easily Aa 19 Figure 4 40 Keyboard Assy Chapter 4 Functional Checks 4 39 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 8 2 9 Monitor Cover Set e Check if the FRU parts are assembled tightly by naked eye and hands e Check if there are dents scratches or cracks on the FRU parts e Check if screws are in place e Check if the each button of the monitor operates properly Figure 4 41 Monitor Cover Set 4 40 Section 4 8 Mechanical Function Checks GE MEDICA
197. g handle counterclockwise 5 Align the connector with the probe port and carefully push into place 6 Turn the connector locking handle clockwise to secure the probe connector 7 Carefully position the probe cable in the probe cord holder spot so it is free to move but not resting on the floor Activating the probe Select the appropriate probe from the probe indicators on the Touch Panel The probe activates in the currently selected operating mode The probe s default settings for the mode and selected exam are used automatically Deactivating the probe When deactivating the probe the probe is automatically placed in standby mode 1 Press the Freeze key 2 Gently wipe the excess gel from the face of the probe Refer to the Basic User Manual for complete probe cleaning instructions 3 Carefully slide the probe around the right side of the keyboard toward the probe holder Ensure that the probe is placed gently in the probe holder Disconnecting the probe Probes can be disconnected at any time However the probe should not be selected as the active probe 1 Move the probe locking handle counterclockwise Pull the probe and connector straight out of the probe port 2 Carefully slide the probe and connector away from the probe port and around the right side of the keyboard Ensure the cable is free 3 Be sure that the probe head is clean before placing the probe in its storage box Section 4 3 General P
198. g output of the last OQCARD are transferred to FEC for adding two summing data of each RDS board The receve beamforming contrlo logic in OQCARD asic need delay information data for each channel s control logic This delay information data are downloaded into asic from flash memory by BICTOP fpga Flash Memory Flash memory keep the receive delay data for OQCARD asic During scan time these data are downloaded into OQCARD asic by bictop fpga Memory capacity is 8MBytes each board typically 2 or 3 probes data 5 10 Section 5 4 Front End GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 5 4 5 2 RDS cont d Reference Voltage Generator This mode is for imaging The parameters specific to scan line number are sent to OQCARDs and the start triger for receiving signals is generated Access Mode This mode is for accessing flash memories and OQCARDs 5 4 6 FEC FEC ASSY Data Line Buffer Memory Controller SH 4 JUSC for CONTROL Scan Control 1960 for PCI I F PGC Test Sig Clock Gen Circuit Gen Figure 5 10 FEC Block Diagram 5 4 6 1 Overview e CHAF Three CHAFs have functions of coded excitation decorder and 2nd harmonic filter BIPC and RIF Have functions of RF memory controller The RIF mainly controls RF memory data bus RF data flow pass and RF gain The BIPC which is interface of JUSC bus mainly controls CHAF and RF memory address bu
199. ge 0 60V is outputted from HV unit Chapter 5 Components and Functions 5 13 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 5 5 Backend Processor BEP with Intel Motherboard To Monitor To RAI B D RDI B D in Rear Panel Battery ATX Power Supply Patient IO Option OIA 1015 uedo 1085 0 85 0 0 E PCI Slots F 512M8 2 PC2100 266MHz 0GHz DDR RAM Intel Motherboard OPIO Panel KeyboardP Digital BW Printer MOD To Rear Panel Figure 5 12 BEP with Intel Motherboard The Backend Processor processes the data from front end block and stores it in The main memory and performs scan image reconstruction to display on monitor Backend Processor BEP include ATX smps and UPS battery motherboard for P4 And Pentium 4 CPU Main memory capacity is 512Mbytes and the type of memory is DDR266 The BEP motherboard have capability of AGP graphic functionality and sound and Ethernet functionality in itself So this motherboard no need additional AGP video Card and sound card Ethernet card So each slot on motherboard are used for followings AGP card Slot Open PCI Slot 1 Open PCI Slot 2 VIC Card PCI Slot 83 Open PCI Slot 44 PC2IP Card PCI Slot 5 Open PCI Slot 6 Open Option for Flock of Bird 3D card in fu
200. ge 3 8 9 4 4 Removal Procedure AN CAUTION Do not wear the ESD wrist strap when you remove a part of power supply unit Turn OFF power and unplug the power cord before removing a part of power supply unit However be sure to turn off power and wear the strap before you remove a circuit boards 1 Remove the AC Power top cover Refer to section 8 9 1 on page 153 2 Remove the AC Power left cover Refer to section 8 9 1 on page 153 3 Disconnect four 4 connectors 1 4 J3 J6 J9 J11 Refer to Figure 8 190 1 2 3 4 e e x U 208 Figure 8 190 Disconnecting 4 connectors 4 Cut the Cable ties tied to the cables 5 Disassemble the AC Power box cover Refer to section 8 9 5 on page 163 Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 161 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Removal Procedure cont d 6 Unscrew four 4 ground screws 5 8 Refer to Figure 8 191 Figure 8 191 Unscrew 4 screws 7 Unscrew one nut in the Center top of the Transformer Refer to Figure 8 192 8 Remove the Transformer Assy 9 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 53 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown Service Manual Direction assed all required tests and is
201. ght push the Center button to go into sub menu Move the cursot to calibration menu and push center button to activate calibration wait until monitor finish the calibration procedure Monitor display color would be changed during Calibration 0 gt WR 7 O E e USER CONTRAST CALTBRATION RESET EHIT Figure 8 6 OSD Menu for calbration 8 4 Section 8 3 Monitor GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 3 2 Monitor Cable Assy Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Monitor Assy 8 3 2 1 Tools e pillips screwdrivers Cutter 8 3 2 2 Needed Manpower e lperson 5 minutes travel 8 3 2 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4 3 2 on page 3 Maneuver Control Console to a suitable position for removing the monitor 8 3 2 4 Removal procedure 1 Remove the OP Rear Cover Refer to section 8 5 10 on page 56 2 Remove the Monitor Covers For more information refer to 8 3 3 Monitor Cover Set on page 8 7 3 Disconnect two connectors 1 2 and cut the tie wrap in the location 3 Refer to Figure 8 7 Tie wrap Figure 8 7 Disconnect Connectors and Cut the tiewrap Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 5 Connector 1 Connector 2 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 3 2 4 Removal procedure cont d 4 Disconnect two co
202. ght side of the Panel Refer to Figure 8 75 9 Rear Analog Signal Connector 10 B W Printer Power Connector TT Line In Connector 12 Line Out Connetor 13 MIC In Connector 14 Sound Connector 15 Foot S W Connector 16 Rear Panel Power In Connector 17 Rear Panel Power Out Connector Figure 8 75 Disconnecting 9 connectors 7 Remove the Rear Panel Assy 8 74 Section 8 6 Body Block GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 6 2 4 Removal Procedure cont d 8 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 37 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown Service Manual Direction 2300000 Rev 1 Section 8 6 2 Equipment Section 4 8 2 Cover Parts Function Validation passed all required tests and is ready for use Section 10 5 5 Physical Inspection 8 6 2 5 Mounting procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 75 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 6 2 6 Replace the EEPROM on the RDI Assy in the rear panel assy 1 Rear panel assy include the eeprom which have the system serial number information 2 If the rear panel assy would be replaced with other
203. gure 6 3 VRs for Adjusting DC Output 6 4 Section 6 3 Power Supply Adjustment GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 6 4 Reloading the Probe Data This procedure will be used for troubleshooting when a image sensitivity is NOT recovered For details refer to Section 7 Troubleshooting This rewrites the probe data probe delay data for beam forming saved on the flash memories of DDBF and TRAP boards UN NOTICE The Service dongle is the programmed key valid for one year 1 Insert the Service Dongle into the USB Connector located at the front or rear panel of the scanner Figure 6 4 Inserting the Service Dongle 2 Power ON the scanner 3 Then the Start Loader display will be shown on the monitor display Start Application a Figure 6 5 Start Application 4 To enter the Maintenance Mode select Maintenance button NOTE Proceed the step 4 in 10 seconds or the Start is selected automatically when it time out Chapter 6 Service Adjustment 6 5 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 6 4 Reloading the Probe Data conta 5 Then the Maintenance Access Menu will be shown on the monitor display Enter the password to logon the system The User Name is not necessary Maintenance Access A uscimame password 008060 to use the thankenance features of this machine Figure 6 6 Password Entry Scre
204. hapter 10 Care amp Maintenance 10 7 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 10 5 4 2 Air Filter Cleaning Table 10 9 Air Filter Cleaning frequency varies with your environment cel ea Desorption Remove Filter Cover Refer to Chapter 8 for air filter location and removal instructions The filters can be cleaned in sprinkling water or they can be dusted with a vacuum cleaner If the filter is metal wash and or vacuum If the filter is fiber or plastic vacuum or replace Install Filter Install the clean filter NOTE For your convenience or of the air filter is too dirty replacement filters are available Refer to Chapter 9 for the air filter replacement part number Clean Filter 10 5 5 Physical Inspection Table 10 10 Physical Checks Step Item Description Verify that all system labeling is present and in readable condition Refer to the LOGIQ 5 User 1 Labelin ing Manual for details 2 Scratches 8 Dents Inspect the console for dents scratches or cracks 3 Control Panel Inspect keyboard and control panel Note any damaged or missing items 4 Control Panel Verify ease of control panel Operator I O Panel movement all acceptable directions Ensure that Movement it latches in position as required 5 Wheels amp Brakes Check all wheels and casters for wear and verify operation of foot brake to stop the unit from moving and release mechanism Check all caster l
205. hapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 103 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 8 1 5 BEP Cable Connection with Console In case of change BEP 1 into BEP2 or BEP3 1 Push the BEP Assy into The System and then Connect PCI Cable 2 Check the PCI cable is arranged without short before connecting PCI cable to BEP 3 Connect the PCI cable to the BEP assy PCI cable Figure 1 102 cable connection 4 Connect the J2 Cable connector to the BEP J2 cable connector Figure 1 103 J2 cable connection 5 Connect the LCD Connector to LCD connector Figure 1 104 LCD cable connection 8 104 Section 8 8 PC Block GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 8 1 5 BEP Cable Connection with Console In case of change BEP 1 into BEP2 or BEP3 cont d 6 Connect Ll LO MI ETHERNET Connector to Sound LAN Port on BEP Ethernet Cable MI MIC Red cable LO Line Out Green Cable LI Line In Blue Cable Figure 1 105 Connecting Cables 7 Connect CON17 Connector to BEP CON 17 cable Figure 1 106 Connecting CON17 cables 8 Check the CON 17 cable is arranged without short before connecting Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 105 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 8 1 5 BEP Cable Connection with Console In case of change BEP 1 into 2 or BEP3 9
206. hapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 77 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 6 2 7 How to Check and write the system serial number on EEPROM cont d Figure 8 79 Execute the PC2IPIIC EXE 15 If the same serial number appear on the next column as below picture the write procedure is finished 8 78 Section 8 6 Body Block GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 6 3 Gas Spring Assy Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Up Down Assy 8 6 3 1 Tools e Common pillips screwdrivers Allen Unbraco wrench e E ing gripper 8 6 3 2 Needed Manpower e 1 person 45 minutes travel 8 6 3 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4 3 2 on page 3 Removal of following parts should be proceeded before start Remove Assy KeyBoard Assy Probe Holder Left Cover Right Cover Front Base Cover Front Cover OP Side L Cover OP Side R Cover OP Rear Cover EMI Cover L EMI Cover R BackPlane and BEP Back End Processor ASSY 8 6 3 4 Removal Procedure 1 Lower the OP Frame down to its lowest position Refer to Figure 8 80 Figure 8 80 Lowering the OP Frame 2 Unscrew three 3 screws 1 3 to remove the OP push button Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 79 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUA
207. he unit in an upright position e Lock the wheels brake e DO NOT use the Control Panel as an anchor point Place the probes in their carrying case e Eject any Magneto Optical disk or CD from their drive Keep the heat venting holes on the monitor unobstructed to avoid overheating of the monitor Electrical Safety To minimize shock hazard the equipment chassis must be connected to an electrical ground The system is equipped with a three conductor AC power cable This must be plugged into an approved electrical outlet with safety ground If an extension cord is used with the system make sure that the total current rating of the system does not exceed the extension cord rating The power outlet used for this equipment should not be shared with other types of equipment Both the system power cable and the power connector meet international electrical standards 1 3 3 NOTE A CAUTION 1 3 4 A WARNING DO NOT SERVICE OR DISASSEMBLE PARTS UNDER FRU UNIT LEVEL AT ANY CIRCUMSTANCES Section 1 3 Safety Considerations GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 1 3 5 Label Locations NOTE For the symbols shown in the illustration below refer to previous pages in this chapter Figure 1 1 OUTSIDE MARKINGS OF LOGIQ 5 Monitor 1 Caution for Possible injury Never put any device onto the Monitor 2 Caution for Hazardous movement Inside of the OP rear Cover 3 De
208. hock hazard the system being tested must not be touched by patients users or anyone while the ISO TEST switch is depressed It is not necessary to test each lead individually or power condition combinations as required in previous tests Chapter 10 Care amp Maintenance 10 17 10 8 3 10 8 4 A CAUTION NOTE GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 10 8 4 1 Data Sheet for ECG Leakage Current The test passes when all readings measure less than the value shown in the table below Record all data on the PM Inspection Certificate Table 10 18 Maximum Allowance Limit for ECG Leakage Current Maximum Allowance Limit AC Power GROUND Source GROUND OPEN CLOSED Patient Lead to Ground Leakage Current Test 115V and Patient Lead to Lead Leakage Current Test 220 240V 5000 Table 10 19 Maximum Allowance Limit for ECG Leakage Current AC Power Maximum Source Allowance Limit Patient Lead Isolation Current Test Table 10 20 Typical Data Sheet for ECG Leakage Current Tester Tester Tester Lead Selector Polarity Ground uem fT 6 pom reverse oe ML LE L Lor aee or 6 aee oe 7 9 Lor om 10 18 Section 10 8 Grounding Continuity GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 10 8 5 Probe L
209. hould be passed 3 4 5 Uf GEMS Service Page Insite_Browser Error Logs kagt Quality Calibration Corti guration Detect Range 1529 764 Criteria 1037 Detect Range 1529 764 Criteria 1052 Detect 1529 764 Criteria 1046 Detect Range 1529 764 Criteria 1047 Detect Range 1529 764 Criteria 1031 Detect Range 1529 764 Criteria 1039 Detect Range 1529 764 Criteria 1035 Detect Range 1529 764 Criteria 1058 Detect Range 1529 764 Criteria 1045 Detect Range 1529 764 Criteria 1025 Detect Range 1579 764 Criteria 1036 Detect Range 1529 764 Criteria 1034 Detect Range 1579 764 Criteria 1056 Detect Range 1529 764 Criteria 1054 Detect Range 1529 764 Criteria 1049 Figure 4 44 RDS Diagnostic test 6 Check the system basic functions Refer to Section 4 3 4 System B M Mode Checks on page 4 7 Refer to Section 4 3 5 System CFM and PWD Checks on page 4 9 Chapter 4 Functional Checks 4 43 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 9 5 ATD Assy function check procedure 1 Turn on the system and check the completion of Echoloader loading 2 Do the Service Login Refer to the Section 5 10 2 2 Service Login on page 5 33 3 Select Diagnostics gt LOGIQ 5 Diagnostics gt FRU Test gt ATD Full Test 4 Execute the diagnostic test 5 All diagnostic test item of ATD should be passed Uf GEMS Service
210. hut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4 2 2 on page 5 Remove the AC Power assy from the System Removal Procedure Do not wear the ESD wrist strap when you remove a part of power supply unit Turn OFF power and unplug the power cord before removing a part of power supply unit However be sure to turn off power and wear the strap before you remove a circuit boards 1 Unscrew four 4 screws 1 4 to remove Left side cover of AC Power assy 2 Disconnect three 3 connectors from the rear side of the LV Unit Refer to Connector Connector Connector Figure 6 1 Disconnect 3 connectors 3 Unscrew four 4 screws 8 11 to remove Right side cover of AC Power assy Section 6 3 Power Supply Adjustment 6 3 1 6 3 1 1 6 3 1 2 6 3 1 3 6 3 1 4 A CAUTION GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 6 3 1 4 Removal Procedure cont d 4 Unscrew four 4 screws and disconnect twenty 20 connectors from the front side of the LV unit using long nose gripper Screw Screw 20 Connectors T Screw Screw Figure 6 2 Disconnect 20 connectors 5 Remove the LV unit Chapter 6 Service Adjustment 6 3 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 6 3 2 Adjustments Procedures 1 Using the following VRs DC output can be adjusted Table 6 20 DC Output Specification for LV Unit Fi
211. ically 8 Turn on the system for functional checks 8 198 Section 8 11 Installing Base Software Load Image GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 11 3 3 Functional Checks for Service Platform Diagnostic Program NOTE After performing diagnostics shut down and restart to make the system working properly 1 Make sure that the wrench icon is shown at the bottom of the scan screen Click on the wrench icon to activate It will take about ten 10 seconds for activating 2 Make sure that CAPS is not selected should be dimmed for password entry performed later 4 Utility Scan C Reports x Figure 8 251 Functional Checks NOTE If the following dialog box is shown on the monitor select Do not perform this check in the future and click on the Yes button This dialog box will not be displayed for next time Netscape Navigator a X Navigator is no longer registered to handle Internet Shortcuts Would you like to register Navigator as your default browser Figure 8 252 Service Plarform Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 199 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 11 3 3 Functional Checks for Service Platform Diagnostic Program 3 The Service Login window for Service Platform will be shown on the monitor display D GEMS service femme Page imer Browser Lo Hosxptt
212. ice Driver Configuration BEP3 cont d 2 USB driver check logical Physical Jupiter Human interface EUTTTLTCCCEEENNNNN no gt 5 9 9 9 8 Keyboards a 8 3 Mice and other pointing devices Monitors WY Mukifunetiun adapters B Network adapters amp Y Ports COM amp LPT Sound video and game controllers H E Storage volumes 5 o devices General USB Hub Controller driver 1 USB Unversal Host Controller 2302 6260160 USB Ui isk Hust Curilruller 240 24D7 82801EB USB Universal Host controller USB 2 0 controller USB Root Hub Figure 8 143 USB driver check Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 131 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 8 1 10 Check the Device Driver Configuration BT05 BEP3 After System boot up confirm the installed device information Double click Go Device Manager Icon Device Manger Run Wintec App Mode ting Shell Figure 8 144 Device Manager 1 Disk driver check S Device Manager as aton we gt Gi 9 9 HDD Driver Display adapters m DVD CD ROM drives dy Human Interface Devices SS IDE ATAJATAPI controllers Keyboards TA Mice and other pointing devices Montors adapters m Network adapters Ports COM amp LPT
213. icing should be performed by authorized personnel only Only personnel who have participated ina LOGIQ 5 Training are authorized to service the equipment 1 3 3 Mechanical Safety WARNING WHEN THE UNIT IS RAISED FOR A REPAIR OR MOVED ALONG ANY INCLINE USE EXTREME CAUTION SINCE IT MAY BECOME UNSTABLE AND TIP OVER WARNING ULTRASOUND PROBES ARE HIGHLY SENSITIVE MEDICAL INSTRUMENTS THAT CAN EASILY BE DAMAGED BY IMPROPER HANDLING USE CARE WHEN HANDLING AND PROTECT FROM DAMAGE WHEN NOT IN USE DO NOT USE A DAMAGED OR DEFECTIVE PROBE FAILURE TO FOLLOW THESE PRECAUTIONS CAN RESULT IN SERIOUS INJURY AND EQUIPMENT DAMAGE uN WARNING NEVER USE A PROBE THAT HAS FALLEN TO THE FLOOR EVEN IF IT LOOKS IT MAY BE DAMAGED IN CAUTION Always lower and center the Opertaor I O Panel before moving the scanner AN CAUTION The LOGIQ 5 weighs 180 kg or more depending on installed peripherals 500 Ibs or more when ready for use Care must be used when moving it or replacing its parts Failure to follow the precautions listed could result in injury uncontrolled motion and costly damage ALWAYS Be sure the pathway is clear Use slow careful motions Use two people when moving on inclines or lifting more than 16 kg 35 Ibs Chapter 1 Introduction 1 7 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Mechanical Safety cont d Special care should be taken when transporting the unit in a vehicle e Secure t
214. ics Troubleshooting 7 7 1 Purpose of Chapter 7 7 1 Network Connectivity 7 1 me PSP pa Ga eas ed V Asi E 72 Collect Vital System Information 7 2 Check and Record the P4 Key Function 7 4 Setting the P4 Key to Screen Capture 7 5 Reset the P4 Key to Customer s Functionality an saaan 7 7 xm 7 9 CHAPTER 8 Replacement Procedures MOV OIVIOW rai alia pq iei LI nies R iE 8 1 Purpose of Chapter 8 8 1 lloro iM a EE n es a eed 8 2 CH ASS PM Em 8 2 Monitor Gable ASSY ess 8 4 Monitor Cover Set M As 8 6 Monitor SAWN ASSY s ox ue ps orien cot Ear E Wl ur 8 7 Speaker ASS Ves d mios derer ed MODERNES ERES E P pam 8 9 Task obest ditor riot e oe af 8 11 KEV DOE CBI ORDER 8 13 KoVyBOSI CASS aces hi e SICUL RF biete tat 8 13 KeyBoard Front 8 15 Probe Holder c o 5 0 E p E NENS 8 16 EUG Cable Hook zs eiar 08824 POSEE 8 17 OP Panel Encoder ASSV gl Pay E E 8 18 ASSY
215. iguration BT05 cont d 8 Network adapters check ve 9 Computer Disk drives Display adapters F DVD CD ROM drives 24 Human Interface Devices 9 9 IDE controllers GB Keyboards Uy Mice and other pointing devices Monitors On board Network Driver ae LET 4 Sound video and game controllers gt Storage volumes System devices Universal Senal Bus controllers E Figure 8 152 Network adapters check 9 Ports COM amp LTP check view gt 1 197 2 L5 U m Computer B E Disk chives 89 Display adapters m DVD CD dives FA Himan Interface Devices 8 IDE controllers Keyboards Mice and other pointing devices Serial Port device driver ECP Enhanced Parallel Port device driver mx viden 8j Storage volumes 4 system devices m Universal Serial Dus controllers ES Figure 8 153 Ports amp LTP check 8 136 Section 8 8 PC Block GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 8 1 10 Check the Device Driver Configuration BT05 cont d 10 VIC driver check V Device Manager Computer 8 23 Disk chives Uisplay adapters DWDJCD ROM thives ay Human interface Devices S INF ATAJATAPT controllers Keyboard
216. in Breaker at the rear as described in section 4 3 2 on page 3 8 6 6 4 Removal Procedure 1 Remove the Monitor Assy Refer to section 8 3 1 on page 2 2 Remove the Left Cover Refer to section 8 5 1 on page 39 3 Remove the Right Cover Refer to section 8 5 2 on page 41 4 Remove the Front Base Cover Refer to section 8 5 6 on page 49 5 Unscrew two screws 1 2 6 Remove the Bumper Set Refer to Figure 8 86 Figure 8 86 Removing the Bumper Set 8 86 Section 8 6 Body Block GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 6 6 4 Removal Procedure cont d 7 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 41 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown Service Manual Direction 2300000 Rev 1 Section 8 6 6 Equipment Section 6 Bumper Set passed all required tests and is ready for use Section 10 5 5 Physical Inspection 8 6 6 5 Mounting procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 87 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Air Filter Set Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Air Filter Set Tools Not Required Needed Manpower 1 person 5 minutes travel Preparation
217. in Cover Refer to Figure 8 64 Figure 8 64 Unscrew 6 screws to remove the OP Curtain Cover 8 60 Section 8 5 Covers GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 5 12 4 Removal Procedure cont d 9 Remove the OP Curtain Cover Refer to Figure 8 65 Figure 8 65 Remove the OP Curtain Cover 10 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 31 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown Service Manual Direction 2300000 Rev 1 Section 8 5 12 Equipment Section 4 8 2 Cover Parts Function Validation passed required tests and is ready for use Section 10 5 5 Physical Inspection 8 5 12 5 Mounting procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 61 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 5 13 EMI Cover L Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the EMI Cover L 8 5 13 1 5 e Common pillips screwdrivers Allen Unbraco wrench 8 5 13 2 Needed Manpower 1 person 5 minutes travel 8 5 13 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4 3 2 on page 3 8 5 13 4 Removal Procedure 1 Remove the Left
218. in Power cable to an appropriate mains power outlet 4 Switch ON the Main Circuit Breaker at the rear of the System Figure 4 1 Circuit Breaker When power is applied to the Scanner and the Rear Circuit breaker is turned ON Power is distributed to the JPC assy in AC power assy and BEP When the power on off switch is pressed once DC power is turned on and distributed to the Fans Monitor Nest boards peripherals 4 2 Section 4 3 General Procedure GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 3 1 1 Scanner Power On cont d 5 Press the ON OFF key at the front of the System once Figure 4 2 Power On Off Standby Switch Location 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown NOTE After turning off a system wait at least ten seconds before turning it on again The system may not be able to boot if power is recycled too quickly 4 3 2 1 Scanner Shutdown 1 Press the On Off Key at the front of the System once to display the SYSTEM EXIT menu 2 Select Shutdown from the SYSTEM EXIT menu SYSTEM EXIT Logon Information Figure 4 3 System Exit Menu for Power Down Chapter 4 Functional Checks 4 3 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 3 2 2 Switch off the System 1 Switch OFF the Circuit Breaker at the back of the scanner 2 Disconnect the Mains Power Cable is necessary For example Servicing or relocating the scanner uN NOTICE Disconnec
219. include the debrief script provided below Table 8 52 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown Service Manual Direction Section 4 9 17 JPC function check procedure 2300000 Rev 1 Section 8 9 3 Equipment assed all required tests and is ready for use Section 4 3 4 System B M Mode Checks 2 9 Section 4 3 5 System CFM and PWD Checks Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 159 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 9 3 5 Mounting procedure Case1 Replacing JPC with JPC Replacing JPC2 with JPC2 Install the new parts in the reverse order Case2 Replace JPC with JPC2 Figure 8 189 2 ASSY installation AN CAUTION J4 and J12 are not used with the JPC2 since JPC2 Assay has Relay instead of SSR and it does not have to connect J4 SSR control connector J12 SSR power to JPC2 8 160 Section 8 9 Power Block GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 9 4 Transformer Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Transformer 8 9 4 1 Tools e pillips screwdrivers Allen Unbraco wrench 8 9 4 2 Needed Manpower e 1 person 15 minutes travel 8 9 4 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4 3 2 on pa
220. inter and color printer and VCR recording e Shutter Control CPLD Shutter signals for analog B W printer and color printer are generated by this CPLD And this CPLD is controlled by video decoder via bus e Power Control FPGA This FPGA generates power on off signal This device is alive always by live DC power which comes from JPC assy in AC Power Assy So this device monitor the ststus of power on off switch on the keyboard If power switch will be pushed once this device turn on the LV power supply in AC power assy and after few seconds turn on the BEP assy 5 5 3 Patient I O Option The optional Patient I O is mounted at the front of the BEP chassi Available inputs e PCG e ECG e AUXI e AUX2 Chapter 5 Components and Functions 5 15 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 5 6 Top Console The Top Console includes a On off switch a keyboard different controls for manipulating the picture quality controls for use in Measure amp Analyze M amp A and loudspeakers for stereo sound output used during Doppler scanning inside the CRT monitor cover USB from USB MICOM With HUB A N Key Assy Function Key Arrys A N Matrix Interface Encoders PE CE USB Control USB HUB MICOM MICOM TGC Slide POT USB L USB I F RS232 TrackBall Down 7 gt 4 gt
221. ions It has been determined by engineering that your LOGIQ M 5 system does have any high wear components that fail with use therefore no Periodic Maintenance Inspections are mandatory Some Customers Quality Assurance Programs may require additional tasks and or inspections at a different frequency than listed in this manual Purpose of Chapter 10 This chapter describes Care amp Maintenance on the scanner and peripherals These procedures are intended to maintain the quality of the ultrasound systems performance Read this chapter completely and familiarize yourself with the procedures before performing a task Table 10 1 Contents in Chapter 10 mei SS ds Practice good ESD prevention Wear an anti static strap when handling electronic parts and even when disconnecting connecting cables THERE ARE SEVERAL PLACES ON THE BACKPLANE THE AC DISTRIBUTION AND DC DISTRIBUTION THAT ARE DANGEROUS BE SURE TO DISCONNECT THE SYSTEM POWER PLUG AND OPEN THE MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER BEFORE YOU REMOVE ANY PARTS BE CAUTIOUS WHENEVER POWER IS STILL ON AND COVERS ARE REMOVED Do not pull out or insert circuit boards while power is ON Do not operate this unit unless all board covers and frame panels are securely in place System performance and cooling require this Chapter 10 Care amp Maintenance 10 1 Overview 10 1 1 10 1 2 A CAUTION DANGER A CAUTION A CAUTION G
222. isinfection procedures will void the probe s warranty DO NOT soak or wipe the lens with any product not listed in the User Manual Doing so could result in irreparable damage to the probe Follow care instructions that came with the probe NOTE Disinfect a defective probe before you return it Be sure to tag the probe as being disinfected Chapter 10 Care amp Maintenance 10 9 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 10 6 Using a Phantom See the Basic User Manual Customer Maintenance for information on using a phantom and quality assurance tests Section 10 7 Electrical Safety Tests 10 7 1 Safety Test Overview The electrical safety tests in this section are based on and conform to NFPA 99 For USA and IEC 60601 1 Medical Equipment Safety Standards They are intended for the electrical safety evaluation of cord connected electrically operated patient care equipment If additional information is needed refer to the NFPA 99 For USA and IEC 60601 1 documents A WARNING THE USER MUST ENSURE THAT THE SAFETY INSPECTIONS ARE PERFORMED AT LEAST EVERY 12 MONTHS ACCORDING TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE PATIENT SAFETY STANDARD IEC EN 60601 1 ONLY TRAINED PERSONS ARE ALLOWED TO PERFORM THE SAFETY INSPECTIONS MENTIONED ABOVE AN CAUTION To avoid electrical shock the unit under test must not be connected to other electrical equipment Remove all interconnecting cables and wires The unit
223. itor Cover front Monitor Cover Top can be removed without unscrewing 3 4 5 Figure 8 9 MONITOR COVER SET DISASSEMBLY Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 7 8 3 3 8 3 3 1 8 3 3 2 8 3 3 3 8 3 3 4 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Removal Procedure cont d 6 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 4 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown Service Manual Direction 2300000 Rev 1 Section 8 3 3 Equipment Section 4 8 2 9 Monitor Cover Set passed all required tests and is ready for use Section 10 5 5 Physical Inspection Mounting procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Section 8 3 Monitor 8 3 3 4 8 3 3 5 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 3 4 Monitor S W Assy Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Monitor S W Assy 8 3 4 1 Tools e pillips screwdrivers 8 3 4 2 Needed Manpower person 10 minutes travel 8 3 4 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4 3 2 on page 3 8 3 4 4 Removal Procedure 1 Remove the Monitor Cover Front Refer to section 8 3 3 on page 7 2
224. ive Letter and Path Figure 8 231 Change Drive Letter and Path Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 187 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL System Checks cont d h Right click on Edit Change Drive Letter and Paths for Hi Figure 8 232 Change Drive Letter i Select G then rignt click on OK Edit Drive Letter or Path oj E A EG Figure 8 233 Edit Drive Letter j Right click on Yes Confirm Figure 8 234 Confirm Window Section 8 11 Installing Base Software Load Image 8 11 1 1 8 188 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 11 1 1 System Checks cont d k Left click on the device which changed the drive number at the step c Right click on Change Drive Letter and Path Figure 8 235 Change Drive Letter and Path I Right click on Edit Change Drive Letter and Paths for 1 Figure 8 236 Change Drive Letter and Path m Select H and then right click on OK Edit Drive Letter or Path be TE n Figure 8 237 Edit Drive Letter and Path Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 189 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 11 1 1 System Checks cont d n Right click on Yes z Changing the drive letter of volume may couse programs to longer run you sure you want to change this
225. ks Section 4 1 Overview 4 1 1 Purpose of Chapter 4 This chapter provides procedures for quickly checking major functions of the LOGIQ 5 scanner diagnostics by using the built in service software and power supply adjustments Table 4 1 Contents in Chapter 4 Section Description Page Number Overview 4 4 1 d Section 4 2 Required Equipment e An empty blank CD R Disk e Atleast one transducer See Probe Connectors Usage on page 4 12 for an overview normally you should check all the transducers used on the system Chapter 4 Functional Checks 4 1 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 4 3 General Procedure AN CAUTION SYSTEM REQUIRES ALL COVERS Operate this unit only when all board covers and frame panels are securely in place The covers are required for safe operation good system performance and cooling purposes UN NOTICE Lockout Tagout Requirements For USA only Follow OSHA Lockout Tagout requirements by ensuring you are in total control of the Power Cable on the system 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up NOTE After turning off the system wait at least ten seconds before turning it on again The system may not be able to boot if power is recycled too quickly 4 3 1 1 Scanner Power On 1 Connect the Main Power Cable to the back of the System 2 Ensure the Cable Clip slips securely over the shoulders on the molded plug 3 Connect the Ma
226. l Procedure 1 Remove the Left Cover Refer to section 8 5 1 on page 39 Remove the Right Cover Refer to section 8 5 2 on page 41 3 Remove the Front Base Cover Refer to section 8 5 7 on page 51 4 Remove the Front Cover Refer to section 8 5 7 on page 51 5 Remove the Keyboard Assy Refer to section 8 4 1 on page 15 6 Unscrew five 5 screws 1 5 and remove the Probe Holder Bracket Refer to Figure 8 59 Figure 8 59 Removing the Probe Holder Bracket Section 8 5 Covers 8 5 9 8 5 9 1 8 5 9 2 8 5 9 3 8 5 9 4 8 54 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 5 9 4 Removal Procedure cont d 7 Unscrew two 2 screws 6 7 and remove the OP Curtain R Bracket Refer to Figure 8 60 OP Curtain R Bracket Figure 8 60 Removing the OP Curtain R Bracket NOTE Different screw in length is used in the location Number 7 8 Unscrew six 6 screws 8 13 and remove the OP Side R Cover Refer to Figure 8 61 Figure 8 61 Removing the OP Side R Cover 9 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 28 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown Service Manual Direction 2300000 Rev 1 Section 8 5 9 Equipment Section 4 8 2 Cover Parts Function Validation passed all r
227. l safety are included in this procedure Also included in this section are guidelines for transporting the unit to a new site Table 3 1 Contents in Chapter 3 Section 3 2 Installation Reminders 3 2 1 Average Installation Time Table 3 2 Average Installation Time Scanner wo options Dependant on the configuration that is required DICOM Option Dependant on the amount of configuration C DEM re The LOGIQ 5 has been designed to be installed and checked out by an experienced service technician in approximately four hours LOGIQ 5 consoles with optional equipment may take slightly longer Chapter 3 Installation 3 1 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 3 2 2 Installation Warnings 1 Since the LOGIQ 5 weighs approximately 180 kg 397 Ib without options preferably two people should unpack it Two people are also preferable for installing any additional bulky items 2 There are no operator serviceable components To prevent shock do not remove any covers or panels Should problems or malfunctions occur unplug the power cord Only qualified service personnel should carry out servicing and troubleshooting NOTE For information regarding packing labels refer to LABELS ON PACKAGE 3 After being transported the unit may be very cold or hot If this is the case allow the unit to acclimate before you turn it on It requires one hour for each 2 5 C increment it
228. llations are highly sophisticated and special engineering competence is required All electrical work on these product must comply with the requirements of applicable electrical codes The purchaser of GE equipment must only utilize qualified personnel to perform electrical servicing on the equipment The desire to use a non listed or customer provided product or to place an approved product further from the system than the interface kit allows presents challenges to the installation team To avoid delays during installation such variances should be made known to the individuals or group performing the installation at the earliest possible date preferable prior to purchase The ultrasound suite must be clean proof to delivery of the machine Carpet is not recommended because it collects dust and creates static Potential sources of EMI electromagnetic interference should also be investigated before delivery Dirt static and EMI can negatively impact system Required Features GE Medical Systems requires a dedicated power and ground for the proper operation of its Ultrasound equipment This dedicated power shall originate at the last distribution panel before the system Sites with a mains power system with defined Neutral and Live The dedicated line shall consist of one phase a neutral not shared with any other circuit and a full size ground wire from the distribution panel to the Ultrasound outlet Sites with a mains power system wi
229. m devices Universal Serial Bus controllers xj 46 Figure 8 136 IDE ATA ATAPI controllers check Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 127 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 8 1 9 Check the Device Driver Configuration BEP3 cont d 6 Monitor check M Computer CO Dick drives amp Display adapters OYD CD ROM drives Gy Human Interface Devices 8 IDE ATAJATAPI controllers 3 Keyboards System Console Monitor Operation Panel LCD Panel monitor wy Network adapters 89 Ports COM amp LPT 4 Saund video and game controllers 23 Storage volumes System devices Universal Serial Dus controllers E RE Figure 8 137 Monitor check 7 Multifunction adapters check Device Manager action Vires amp Computer 223 Dick drives Display adapters ei DYD CD ROM drives dg Human Teterface Devices 106 ATAJATAPI controllers 5i 4 Keyboards Sy Mice and other pointing devices PCI Bridge device driver PC2IPII device driver pPeziolli D Network adapters F Ports COM amp LPT 4 Sound viden aral gane j 3 Storage volumes System devices Universal Serial Bus controllers ee a Figure 8 138 Multifunction adapters check 8 128 Section 8 8 PC Block GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 L
230. me Part Number Description Qty FRU 3C PROBE EXP 2286354 PROBE 1 1 3 5C PROBE EXP 2296158 PROBE 5C PROBE EXP 2294516 PROBE E8C PROBE EXP 2294641 PROBE 10L PROBE EXP 2294523 PROBE 12L PROBE EXP 2295377 PROBE 3S T3308LZ 2250695 PROBE Table 9 11 OPTION SVC PARTS Part Name Part Number Description Qty FIXTURE FOR B W PRINTER 2355253 OPTION SVC PART 1 1 8 Fixture for Printer Side 2355254 OPTION SVC PART i Fixture for VCR Color Printer TOP 2355255 OPTION SVC PART 1 CABEL SET FOR B W PRINTER 2355256 OPTION SVC PART CABEL SET FOR COLOR PRINTER 2355257 OPTION SVC PART CABEL SET VCR 2355258 OPTION SVC PART ECG KIT 2355260 OPTION SVC PART INSITE KIT 2355261 OPTION SVC PART SWIVEL LOCK 2355262 OPTION SVC PART FOR SYSTEM VER HIGER CWD KIT 2380140 THAN R2 0 1 CWD KIT WITH ATD ASSY 2380142 FOR is TO 9 18 Section 9 3 Renewal Parts Lists LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 Section 9 12 Options Peripherals and Cables contd Table 9 12 PERIPHERALS Part Name Part Number SONY UP 895MDW Local SONY SVO 9500MDP Chapter 9 Renewal Parts GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 9 20 Section 9 3 Renewal Parts Lists GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Chapter 10 Care amp Maintenance Section 10 1 Periodic Maintenance Inspect
231. me to Emergency Disk Making Wizard The Emergency Disk Making Wizard will backup Database Image User preset and Service Data Select Drive Se Figure 8 260 Storage Information 12 Press next to continue Then the below windows appear Fmergenry Disk Making in Progress It will take some time to make your Emergency Disk Please paticntly DI gt Prepare to make Figure 8 261 Emergency Disk Making Preparation 8 204 Section 8 12 Full Backup Restore Procedure LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 8 12 3 Full Backup Procedure cont d Energency Disk Making in Progress It will take some time to make your Emergency Disk Please wait patiently A e 02 completed Figure 8 262 Emergency Disk Making in Progress 8 30 2008 10 01 AM 8 30 2008 10 01 AM amp jsnfanna 10 01 AM 8 30 2008 10 01 AM 8 205 13 Press Finish to complete 14 Check if four files are created in the USB HDD DB IMG zip Service SQL zip SYSTEMNAME DAT UserDef zip Figure 8 263 USB HDD Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL NOTE Double click the zip archive files and check if the archived files are the same as the original files Archive File Original File Path DB_IMG zip EMdunmGEMS IMG C SYBASE INI Service_SQL zip CAIP BACKUP
232. mp maintenance tasks be performed The Care amp Maintenance Task Schedule provided on page 10 3 specifies how often your LOGIQ 5 should be serviced and outlines items requiring special attention It is the customer s responsibility to ensure the LOGIQ 5 care amp maintenance is performed as scheduled in order to retain its high level of safety dependability and performance Your GE Service Representative has an in depth knowledge of your LOGIQ 5 ultrasound scanning system and can best provide competent efficient service Please contact us for coverage information and or price for service The service procedures and recommended intervals shown in the Care amp Maintenance Task Schedule assumes that you use your LOGIQ 5 for an average patient load 10 12 per day and not use it as a primary mobile unit which is transported between diagnostic facilities If conditions exist which exceed typical usage and patient load then it is recommended to increase the maintenance frequencies Section 10 2 Why do Maintenance 10 3 1 NOTE NOTE 10 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 10 3 Notes or before each use more frequently depending on your environment Mobile Unit Check Weekly Mobile Unit Check Daily Mobile Unit Check Daily also after corrective maintenance also after corrective maintenance also after corrective maintenance also after corrective maintenance also after corrective main
233. mpleted you will see the following message x i Software naalanon Completed sysnem Squtting Gown now Figure 8 159 Complete message 6 After the installation is complete the system will power off automatically e If possible remove the CD from the drive while the system is rebooting Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 139 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 8 2 VIC Assy Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the VIC assy in the BEP Assy 8 8 2 1 Tools e Common pillips screwdrivers 8 8 2 2 Needed Manpower 1 persons 15minutes travel 8 8 2 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4 3 2 on page 3 Cover should be removed before proceed Refer to section 8 5 1 on page 39 8 8 2 4 Removal Procedure 8 8 2 4 1 Mode setting for VIC assy VIC assy have two jumpers for power control functionality The cap position depend on BEP assy Before replace the VIC assy this mode jumper shoub be set up FOR BEP2 J6 Connector n FOR BEP1 J6 Connector J11 Connector m J11 Connector Figure 8 160 Mode set for VIC assy Section 8 8 PC Block 8 140 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 8 2 4 2 Removal of VIC board 1 Disconnect all of connect in VIC assy Refer to Figure 8 161 Figure 8 161 Connector
234. mponents and Functions 5 33 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 5 10 3 Service Home Page The navigation bar at the top of the screen allows the user to select from several tools and utilities GEMS Service Home Page Netscape Figure 5 28 Customer Service Home Page 5 34 Section 5 10 Service Platform GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 5 10 4 Error Logs Tab From the Error Logs Tab the Log Viewer displays four categories with pull down sub menus and an Exit selection The Service Interface allows scanner logs to be viewed by all service users The Filter Error log is not available to customer level analysis The log entries are color coded to identify the error level severity at a glance Table 5 18 Log Entry Key Severity Error Level Color Code 1 Information Green 2 Warning Blue 3 Error Red The Service Interface supports the transfer of these logs to local destinations such as the MOD and CD ROM drive F GEMS Service Home Netscape Pr TET Quality Edib Figure 5 29 Log Viewer Logs Log Entries Chapter 5 Components and Functions 5 35 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Logs The seven sub menus of the Logs category are System Power Infomatics Temperature Probe Board and D
235. nections and ground continuity If the problem remains with the probe replace the probe PERIPHERAL FAILS Tighten all grounds Ensure star washers are under all ground studs Inspect wiring for bad crimps poor connections or damage STILL FAILS If all else fails begin isolation by removing the probes external peripherals then the on board ones one at a time while monitoring the leakage current measurement NEW UNIT If the leakage current measurement tests fail on a new unit and if situation can not be corrected submit a Safety Failure Report to document the system problem Remove unit from operation ECG FAILS Inspect cables for damage or poor connections 10 22 Section 10 9 When There s Too Much Leakage Current GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL ULTRASOUND INSPECTION CERTIFICATE Customer Name System ID Dispatch Number Date Performed Warranty Contract HBS System Type Model Number Serial Number Manufacture Date Probe 1 Frequency Scan Format Model Number Serial Number Probe 2 Frequency Scan Format Model Number Serial Number Probe 3 Frequency Scan Format Model Number Serial Number Probe 4 Frequency Scan Format Model Number Serial Number Probe 5 Frequency Scan Format Model Number Serial Number Probe 6 Frequency Scan Format Model Number Serial Number Probe 7 Frequency Scan Format
236. ng and periodic maintenance 5 Chapter 5 Components and Fuctions Theory Contains block diagrams and functional explanations of the electronics 6 Chapter 6 Service Adjustments Contains instructions on how to make available adjustments to the LOGIQ 5 7 Chapter 7 Diagnostics Troubleshooting Provides procedures for running diagnostic or related routines for the LOGIQ 5 8 Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures Provides disassembly procedures and reassembly procedures for all changeable Field Replaceable Units FRU 9 Chapter 9 Renewal Parts Contains a complete list of field replaceable parts for the LOGIQ 5 10 Chapter 10 Care amp Maintenance Provides periodic maintenance procedures for the LOGIQ 5 oe I Chapter 1 Introduction 1 1 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 1 1 3 Typical Users of the Basic Service Manual e Service Personnel installation maintenance etc e Hospital s Service Personnel e Contractors Some parts of Chapter 2 Pre Installation 1 1 4 LOGIQ 5 Models Covered by this Manual Table 1 2 LOGIQ 5 Model Designations Part Number Description 2331750 LOGIQ 5 Console for Japan 2331751 LOGIQ 5 Console for USA 2331752 LOGIQ 5 Console for Europe 2331753 LOGIQ 5 Console for Korea 1 1 5 Purpose of Operator Manual s The Operator Manual s should be fully read and understood bef
237. ng procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Section 8 5 Covers 8 5 3 4 8 5 3 5 8 44 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Rear Door Cover Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Rear Door Cover Tools e pillips screwdrivers Needed Manpower person 20 minutes travel Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4 3 2 on page 3 Removal Procedure 1 Remove the Left Cover Refer to section 8 5 1 on page 39 Remove the Right Cover Refer to section 8 5 2 on page 41 3 Remove the Rear Cover Refer to section 8 5 3 on page 43 4 Unscrew four screws 1 4 Refer to Figure 8 51 5 Remove hinges from the Rear Door Cover 6 Remove the Rear Door Cover Figure 8 51 Removing the Rear Door Cover Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 45 8 5 4 8 5 4 1 8 5 4 2 8 5 4 3 8 5 4 4 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Removal Procedure cont d 7 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 23 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown Service Manual Direction 2300000 Rev 1 Section 8 5 4 Equipment
238. ngs 11 Click on advanced button 12 Specify COM port number is COM4 as shown in refer to Figure 8 244 Advanced Settings for COM4 ix F6 bulles pagans 16550 compatible UART Select lower settings to conect connection problems Select higher settings bor Laster perfomance Detods Beceive Bulle Low 1 Buller Low 1 High 16 6 Figure 8 244 Advanced Settings for COM4 8 194 Section 8 11 Installing Base Software Load Image GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 11 2 Installig Application Software R4 x x 8 11 2 1 Installig Application Software R4 x x 1 Place the Application Software CDROM into the CDROM drive 2 Press the Start button on the tool bar at the bottom of the LCD screen and select Run Enter g LoadSoftware into the dialog box Type the name of a program folder document Internet resource and Windows will open it for you Open g LoadSoftware Cancel Browse Figure 8 245 Run Load Software 3 You will see a screen that warns you that you are about to load software press the Y key to continue Then the program requests confirmation Are you sure Press the Y key again You will see a Command CMD window open 5 C WINDOWS System32 cmd exe install the application softuarel WAR
239. nnectors on the other end 4 5 Refer to Figure 8 8 Figure 8 8 Disconnect two 2 Connectors 5 6 5 Pull the Cable Assy out from the OP Rear Cover 6 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 3 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Tesi Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown Service Manual Direction 2300000 Rev 1 Section 8 3 2 Equipment Section 4 6 3 Monitor Cable Assy function check procedure passed all required tests and is ready for use Section 10 5 2 Functional Checks See Also Chapter 4 8 3 2 5 Mounting procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal 8 6 Section 8 3 Monitor GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Monitor Cover Set Purpose This is a description on how to remove the Monitor Cover Set Tools e pillips screwdrivers Needed Manpower person 10 minutes travel Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4 3 2 on page 3 Removal Procedure 1 Remove the Tasklamp Assy For more information refer to section 8 3 6 on page 13 2 Unscrew three screws 1 2 6 to remove the Monitor Cover left Unscrew three screws 3 5 to remove the Monitor Cover right Unscrew four screws 7 10 to remove the Mon
240. nsformer 8 56 Acoustic Noise Output 3 8 Air Filter Cleaning 10 8 Air Flow Control 5 21 Archiving Presets 4 10 Available Probes 3 14 B Back End Processor 5 6 Backend Processor Checks 4 16 Basic Measurements 4 15 Block Diagrams 5 2 Boards in the NEST Assy 8 32 Boot Up 4 2 Brake Function Adjustment 6 4 Brakes and Direction Locks Checks 4 19 6 Cables 9 16 Caster Link Assy 8 66 Casters and Pedals 9 5 CD RW Drive 4 6 CD RW MO or ECG 8 60 Chassis Leakage Current Test 10 14 Cine 4 15 Circuit Board Assemblies 9 11 Circuit Breaker 4 2 Common Service Platform 5 16 CONN Box Assy 8 36 Connecting Cables 3 12 Console Requirements 2 2 Contact Information 1 13 Contrast and Brightness Adjustment 6 6 Conventions 1 3 CPU 5 6 Customer Assistance 1 13 A 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL INDEX MOTHER Board 8 46 O OP Panel and Keys 9 10 Operation Panel Assy 8 28 Operation Panel Bottom Cover 8 14 Optional Peripherals 3 11 Options 9 16 Outlet Test 10 12 Patient I O Option 5 7 PC Box Assy 8 38 Periodic Maintenance Schedule 10 2 Peripheral Checks 4 18 Peripheral Connection 3 11 Peripheral Option Checks 10 7 Peripherals 9 16 Phantom 10 10 Physical Inspection 10 8 Plastic Covers 9 6 Plastic Kit Replacement 8 2 Power Diagrams 5 12 Power On 4 2 Power On Off Standby Switch 4 3 Power Shutdown 4 5 Power Supply Adjustments 6 2 Power Uni
241. ntrol circuit of VIC assy in BEP assy DC Output Capacity 3 3V 5 6 5V 7A e 6V 8 7A e 6V 8 7A e 6V 3 4A e 15V 8A e 15V 1A Chapter 5 Components and Functions 5 27 Power Box Assy OUTLET GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 5 8 4 Rear Panel 5 8 4 1 Block Diagram EXT MODEM KeyBoard Assy E o RS 232 Port o Line IN 9 8 d PC Mother Board L hes PER EET 88 Ethernet Gard it Pean pansi Insite Ethernet Port VIC Board Color PRN RGB OUT Color PRN RGB OUT Color PRN SYNC OUT Color PRN SYNC OUT Color PRN COMP IN Color PRN COMP IN Color PRN Shutter OUT Color PRN Shutter OUT VCR COMP IN K vcr COMP IN VCR COMP OUT vcR comp OUT SHVS Y IN SHVS Y IN SHVS C IN K SHVS C IN SHVS Y OU SHVS Y OUT SHVS C OU SHVS C OUT BIN PRN OUT l BW PRN OUT B W Camera OU B W Camera OUT B W Shutter OU B W Shutter OUT EXT VGA QUT 34 EXT VGA OUT From Remote 1 Remote 1 PC2IP Board RS 232 Port 0 4 Remote 2 Remote 2 Service K Serice AC Power OUTLET Figure 5 24 Rear Panel Block Diagram The REAR ASSY and REAR CONN 220V ASSY are the rear panel assemblies which interconnect external signals and power with the LOGIQ 5 system Both of
242. ocks and caster swivel locks for proper operation 6 Cables amp Check all internal cable harnesses and connectors for wear and secure connector seating Pay Connectors Special attention to footswitch assembly and probe strain or bend reliefs 7 Shielding amp Check to ensure that all EMI shielding internal covers air flow panels and screws are in place Covers Missing covers and hardware could cause EMI RFI problems while scanning 8 External I O Check all connectors for damage and verify that the labeling is good 9 Op Panel Lights Check for proper operation of all operator panel and TGC lights 10 Monitor Light Check for proper operation of any monitor lights if available 11 Check f Microphone eck for proper operation of any external microphones by recording an audio test 10 8 Section 10 5 System Maintenance GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 10 5 6 Optional Diagnostic Checks Optionally you can access the diagnostic software as described in Chapters 5 or 7 View the error logs and run desired diagnostics 10 5 6 1 View the Logs 1 Review the system error log for any problems 2 Check the temperature log to see if there are any trends that could cause problems in the future 3 Check the Configuration Log update if needed 10 5 7 Probe Maintenance 10 5 7 1 Probe Related Checks Table 10 11 P
243. om the crate 3 8 Section 3 2 Installation Reminders GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Moving into Position Do not lift the unit by the Keyboard Do not tilt the unit more than 5 degrees to avoid tipping it over To avoid injury by tipping over Set the monitor to the lowest position before moving Equipment Damage Possibility Lifting the console by holding covers may damage the covers Do not lift the console by holding any covers In general a single adult can move the LOGIQ 5 along an even surface with no steep grades At least two people should move the machine when large humps grooves or grades will be encountered It is better to pull from the rear rather than push from the front of the unit Before moving store all loose parts in the unit Wrap transducers in soft cloth or foam to prevent damage Although LOGIQ 5 is a compact and mobile machine two people should move it over rough surfaces or up and down grades Adjusting System Clock Set the system clock for the LOGIQ 5 to the local time For procedure of adjusting the system clock refer to section 3 6 1 1 on page 15 Fill out proper customer Information the Product Locator Installation Card Mail this Installation Card Product Locator to the address corresponding to your pole Product Locator Installation Card The Product Locator Installation Card shown may not be same as the provided Product Locator card
244. on page 41 2 Unscrew seven 7 screws 1 7 3 Remove the EMI Cover R Refer to Figure 8 67 Figure 8 67 Removing the EMI Cover R Section 8 5 Covers 8 64 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 5 14 4 Removal Procedure cont d 4 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 33 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown Service Manual Direction 2300000 Rev 1 Section 8 5 14 Equipment Section 4 8 2 Cover Parts Function Validation passed all required tests and is ready for use Section 10 5 5 Physical Inspection 8 5 14 5 Mounting procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 65 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 5 15 Side Cap Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Side Cap 8 5 15 1 Tools required 8 5 15 2 Needed Manpower 1 persons minute travel 8 5 15 3 Preparations 8 5 15 4 Removal Procedure 1 Remove the Left Cover Refer to section 8 5 1 on page 39 2 Pull the Side Cap upward from the Left Cover 3 Remove the Right Cover Refer to Right Cover on section 8 5 2 on page 41 4 Pull the Side Cap upward
245. oot Menu Silent Boot Enable Intel R rapid BIOS Boot Enable Scan User Hash Area Enable Disable 1 Disable Boot Device Priority 1ST Boot Device CD RPX W CDRW 2ND Boot Device ST380011A HDD S RD Boot Device Disable Figure 8 125 Boot Menu a BEP3 BIOS set up condition Main menu screen BIOS Version BF86510A 86 A 0069 P21 Process Type Intel Pentium 4 Not editable Process Speed 2 4Ghz Not editable System Bus Speed 533Mhz Not editable System Memory Speed 333Mhz Not editable Cache RAM 512KB Not editable Total Memory 512MB Not editable Memory Mode Single channel Not editable Memory Channel A Slot 0 512MB DDR333 Memory Channel A Slot 1 Not editable Memory Channel B Slot 0 Not editable Memory Channel B Slot 1 Not editable Language English System time 04 22 55 Current Time Setting System Data The 01 3 2005 Current Date Setting Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 115 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL AUTO AUTO AUTO AUTO AUTO AUTO NO ON AUTO AUTO ECP Enable Enable Disabled Enhanced 1 Enhanced Disabled Not detected Not detected HDS728080PLAT20 Current HDD Not detected GCE 8526B Current CDRW Optional Optional MOD Disabled Section 8 8 PC Block GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 Advanced menu screen Configu
246. orage volumes 5 System devices Universal Serial Bus T8 E R E 9 E controllers General USB Hub Controller driver PCI to USB converter controller driver Operation panel driver SB 2 0 controller a Jupiter Human Inter p Cd USS 2 0 Root Hub Figure 8 156 USB driver check 8 138 Section 8 8 PC Block GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 8 1 11 Application S W Install After Checking Device Driver and then Install application S W by inserting CD into CD RW Driver install the application snftuarel WARNING pepe install the application software LOGIQS BT85 4 4 he hard drive his process should take 18 minutes to complete kk KKK ou stop now thie installation to enter key Proceed this progran Y N Figure 8 157 Installation Application Software 1 Press the Y key to continue Then the program requests confirmation Are you sure then Press the Y key again 2 The installation process will be started it will take about 15 minutes 3 To apply the preset by region select one of the below options Refer to Figure 8 158 4 Select fit Region as Below Menu heck Region preset lease selection from the below choices for Preset 9 Europe 3 Asia 4 China 5 China vith Hiful Select 1 2 3 4 5 m Figure 8 158 Select Region 5 When the process has co
247. ore operating the LOGIQ 5 and also kept near the unit for quick reference 1 2 Section 1 1 Overview GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 1 2 Important Conventions Conventions Used in Book Icons Pictures or icons are used wherever they reinforce the printed message The icons labels and conventions used on the product and in the service information are described in this chapter Safety Precaution Messages Various levels of safety precaution messages may be found on the equipment and in the service information The different levels of concern are identified by a flag word that precedes the precautionary message Known or potential hazards are labeled in one of following ways DANGER IS USED TO INDICATE THE PRESENCE OF A HAZARD THAT WILL CAUSE SEVERE PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH IF THE INSTRUCTIONS ARE IGNORED WARNING IS USED TO INDICATE THE PRESENCE OF A HAZARD THAT CAN CAUSE SEVERE PERSONAL INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE IF INSTRUCTIONS ARE IGNORED Caution is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that will or can cause minor personal injury and property damage if instructions are ignored Equipment Damage Possible Notice is used when a hazard is present that can cause property damage but has absolutely no personal injury risk Example Disk drive will crash Notes provide important information about an item or a procedure Information contained in a NOTE can oft
248. ose the BEP cover and all other cover Turn on the system and boot up Check the system operation 8 152 Section 8 8 Block GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 8 9 Power Block 8 9 1 AC Power Assy Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the AC Power Assy 8 9 1 1 Tools e Common pillips screwdrivers 8 9 1 2 Needed Manpower e 2 persons 15 minutes travel 8 9 1 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4 3 2 on page 3 8 9 1 4 Removal Procedure A CAUTION Do not wear the ESD wrist strap when you remove a part of power supply unit Turn OFF power and unplug the power cord before removing a part of power supply unit However be sure to turn off power and wear the strap before you remove a circuit boards 1 Unscrew two 2 screws 1 2 to remove rear connector bracket Refer to Figure 8 182 1 2 Figure 8 182 Removing the Rear Connector Bracket 2 Disconnect eight 8 connectors 3 10 Refer to Figure 8 183 2 Figure 8 183 Disconnecting 8 connecotors Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 153 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 9 1 4 Removal Procedure cont d 3 Unscrew eight 8 screws 11 18 to remove AC Power assy Refer to Figure 8 184 4 Remove the AC Power Assy A WARNING
249. ot Silent Boot Intel R rapid BIOS Boot Scan User Flash Area PXT Boot To LAN USB Boot Boot Device Priority 1ST Boot Device 2ND Boot Device 3 RD Boot Device 8 122 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 8 1 8 Check the Device Driver Configuration BEP2 After System boot up confirm the installed device information Double click Go Device Manager Icon Device Manger SelLog window Run App Mode Figure 8 126 Device Manager 1 Check VGA Driver and PCI Video Driver are enrolled on Display adapter section Display adapters Chips and Technologies Asiiant 65550 InteXR Extreme Graphics Controller Figure 8 127 Display Adapter 2 Check The PCI Bridge Between FEC Assy and PC2IP Assy under multi function adapters AY Multifunction adapters Eusc x ImagePort2 21 Figure 8 128 Multi Function Adapter 3 Check the Sound Driver is On board Sound Sound Max 5 4 Sound video and game controllers Audio Codecs GE Medical SuperSonic Diagnostic Device Driver p GEMSK MultiMedia Device Legacy Audio Drivers Legacy Video Capture Devices Media Control Devices SoundMAX Integrated Digital Audio Video Codecs VIC assy 2 On board sound Figure 8 129 Sound Driver 4 Check the VIC Assy Driver is GE Medical SuperSonic Diagnostic Device Driver and GEMSK Multimedia De
250. ot to be stored to the system hard drive MOD or CD R 5 Select Menu on the right side of the image screen then highlight and select SAVE AS System Menu Save As a Save As Image Properties rop Cancel Figure 7 4 Menu Save As 7 6 Section 7 4 Screen Captures GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 7 4 3 Capturing a Screen cont d Figure 7 5 Save Dialog Box 6 A Save dialog box will be opened Choose d lexport folder as the archive location to save the image on the hard disk MOD or CD R 4 Reset the P4 Key Customer s Functionality If the customer had programmed the P4 Key to a function other than screen capture restore that functionality recorded in section 7 4 1 on page 4 Refer to Figure 7 2 1 Select Utility from the Touch Panel 2 Select Connectivity from the Utilities Menu 3 Select the Buttons tab on the Connectivity screen 4 In the Button field select Print4 9 In the Destinations section select the service s recorded in step 5 Section 7 4 1 The destinations list displays the following information Name user defined during service configuration Type the type of service Server the device for which the service was configured Dir direction output input or both I O NOTE Only output services can be associated to the print keys 6 In the mage generated section select the parameters related to the
251. other methods CD RW Drive Eject Button Figure 4 9 CD RW drives 4 14 Section 4 3 General Procedure GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Using the MOD Magneto Optical Drive The 3 5 inch Magneto Optical disk drive supports the following densities Standard 640MB 540MB 230MB and 128MB Overwrite 640MB and 540MB 1 Before installing an MO disk in the MOD check the MO disk for loose hardware or damaged labels which could jam inside the MOD Also ensure that the slide switch in one corner of the disk is set so that the disk is write enabled disk hole closed 2 Insert the disk into the MOD with the label facing up Never move the unit with a disk in the MOD because the drive actuator will not be locked and the MOD could break 3 There are different methods to eject a disk from the MOD In some cases disk ejection is automatic Manual ejection methods are listed below in preferred order from best 1 to worst 4 a When in Archive Menu use the softkey choice or click Image Presets up then click the left softkey switch up for ARCHIVE then toggle the switch under EJECT MOD b Press the EJECT switch on the MOD while system is ON c Press and hold the EJECT switch while the system is booting d Mechanical ejection Insert the end of a paper clip into the hole next to the EJECT switch while system power is OFF Chapter 4 Functional Checks 4
252. ove circuit boards Do not unplug the power cord to keep ground continuity Do not bend or flex the boards when mounting dismounting each boards Surface mount IC boards are very susceptible to damage from flex torque 1 Remove the Front Cover Refer to section 8 5 7 on page 51 2 Remove the Front Base Cover Refer to section 8 5 6 on page 49 3 Unscrew five 5 screws 1 5 to remove the EMC Bracket Refer to Figure 8 88 Figure 8 88 Unscrew 5 screws to remove EMC BRKT Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 89 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 7 1 4 Removal Procedure cont d 4 Unscrew nine 9 screws 6 14 to remove the RLY Board Cover Refer to Figure 8 89 7 8 9 10 11 Figure 8 89 Removing the RLY board Cover NOTE Bind head screw is used at the location number 8 5 Unscrew seven 7 screws 15 21 to remove the RLY Board Refer to Figure 8 90 21 20 19 Figure 8 90 Unscrew 7 screws to remove the RLY Board 6 Get the probe connector and pull the RLY board Out 8 90 Section 8 7 PCB Boards GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 7 1 4 Removal Procedure cont d 7 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 43 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1
253. owing information user defined during service configuration Type the type of service Server the device for which the service was configured Dir direction output input or both I O 6 In the mage generated section record the parameters related to the service 7 4 2 Setting the P4 Key to Screen Capture If the P4 Key is not set to screen capture 1 While on the Connectivity screen with the Buttons tab displayed go to the drop down selection menu in the Destinations section From the drop down menu select CopyToWflow_01 gt Image to Buffer MyComputer Out Ensure that the Image generated section for capture Area is set to Whole Screen secondary Capture and No Image Compression 4 The P4 Key should now be set up for whole screen capture sending the screens to the image buffer clipboard Chapter 7 Diagnostics Troubleshooting 7 5 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 7 4 3 Capturing a Screen The following is a generic process to capture any screen from the scanner 1 Navigate to and display the image screen to be captured 2 Press PA This will place a snapshot of the screen on the clipboard displayed at the bottom of the scan image display Clipboard Menu Thumbnails Figure 7 3 Select Image to Capture 3 Select SCAN from the touch panel to view the image screen and the snapshots displayed on the bottom 4 Highlight the snapsh
254. person 15 minutes travel 8 6 5 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4 3 2 on page 3 Liftthe system before proceed 8 6 5 4 Removal Procedure 1 Unscrew eight hexagonal bolts 1 8 2 Remove the Rear Caster Refer to Figure 8 85 Figure 8 85 Removing the Rear Caster 8 84 Section 8 6 Body Block GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 6 5 4 Removal Procedure cont d 3 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 40 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown Service Manual Direction 2300000 Rev 1 Section 8 6 5 Equipment Section 4 8 2 5 Front caster Rear caster passed all required tests and is ready for use Section 10 5 5 Physical Inspection 8 6 5 5 Mounting procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 85 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 6 6 Bumper Set Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Bumper Set 8 6 6 1 Tools e Common pillips screwdrivers 8 6 6 2 Needed Manpower persons 20 minutes travel 8 6 6 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Ma
255. pressed a menu box appears that allows for A place to enter a description of the problem A choice to store to a pre formatted MOD drive CD RW or to the Exportdirectory D drive for remote viewing through InSite NOTE You MUST select H or CD RW as the destination device if it is to be different than the default Export directory on the hard drive Choose the H drive which is the MOD or the CD RW The subsequent file is compressed and time stamped The screen capture is a bitmap which eliminates the possibility of artifacts from compression Chapter 7 Diagnostics Troubleshooting 7 3 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 7 4 Screen Captures There may be times when the customer or field engineer will want to capture a presentation on the screen so it may be recovered by the OnLine Center through InSite This is accomplished by first saving the image s to the clipboard using a Print Key The P4 key is the factory default print key to accomplish a secondary screen capture However the default is for the video area only or the customer may have customized the P4 Key function Therefore screen capture should involve the following steps 1 Check and record any custom settings for the Print4 button 2 Set the Print4 button to Whole Screen Secondary Capture 3 Capture the required screens to the Hard Drive MOD or CD R 4 Restore the Print4 button to it s original
256. ration PCI Slot 1 IRQ Priority PCI Slot 2 IRQ Priority PCI Slot 3 IRQ Priority PCI Slot 4 IRQ Priority PCI Slot 5 IRQ Priority PCI Slot 6 IRQ Priority Boot Configuration Plug amp Play O S Num lock Peripheral Configuration Serial Port A Parallel Port Mode Audio LAN Device ASF Support Device Configuration ATA IDE Configuration PCI IDE Bus Master Hard Disk Pre Delay SATA Port 0 SATA Port 1 PATA Primary Master PATA Primary Slave PATA Secondary Master PATA Secondary Slave Floppy Configuration Diskette Controller 8 116 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 117 Not editable Enter Displays the event log Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 Event Log Configuration Space available Event Log View Event Log Event Logging Enable Video Configuration AGP Aperture Size 128 MB Primary Video adapter AGP Frame Buffer Size 16 MB USB Configuration USB Function Enable High Speed USB Enable Legacy USB Support Enable USB 2 0 Legacy Support HI Speed Chipset Configuration ISA Enable Bit Disable PCI Latency Time 32 Extended Configuration Default Chipset Memory Timing Control SDRAM Frequency AUTO CPU override AUTO SDRAM Timing Control AUTO SDRAM RAS ACT To Pre 7 SDRAM CAS Latency 2 5 SDRAM RAS to 605 Del
257. re cont d 3 Unscrew six 6 screws 7 12 to remove HUB Board Assy Refer to Figure 8 41 Figure 8 41 Unscrew 6 screws 4 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 17 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown 2300000 Rev 1 Section 8 4 10 Equipment assed all required tests and is ready for use Section 4 7 7 OP Panel HUB Board Assy Validation P 0 y 8 4 10 5 Mounting Procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal 8 34 Section 8 4 Keyboard Block GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 11 OP Panel LCD Assy Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace LCD Assy 8 4 11 1 Tools pillips screwdrivers 8 4 11 2 Needed Manpower e 1 10 minutes travel 8 4 11 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4 3 2 on page 3 e Keyboard Assy should be removed before proceed For more information refer to KeyBoard Assy on section 8 4 1 on page 15 8 4 11 4 Removal Procedure Refer to the OP PANEL LCD ASSY DISASSEMBLY on section 8 4 11 on page 35 1 Unscrew ten screws 1 10 from the LCD prefix bracket to remove it Refer to Figure 8 42
258. rease service productivity and reduce training and service costs 5 32 Section 5 10 Service Platform GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 5 10 2 Global Service User Interface GSUI 5 10 2 1 Internationalization The user interface provided by the service platform is designed for GE personnel and as such is in English only There is no multi lingual capability built into the Service Interface 5 10 2 2 Service Login Select the wrench icon in the status bar at the bottom of the scan display screen This icon links the user to the service login screen Service Login Hospital Name System Ultrasound GE Medical Systems System ID 0000533668 Select User Level Select User Levu Enter Password Okay Clear Figure 5 27 Login Screen for Global Service User Interface 5 10 2 3 Access Security The service interface has different access and security user levels Each user is only granted access to the tools that are authorized for their use Table 5 17 Service Login User Levels User Level Access Authorization Password Operator uls Authorized acccess to specified diagnostics error logs and utilities Same acquisition diagnostic tests as GE Service External Service gogems Administrator uls Every access request whether successful or not will be logged into a service access log that is viewable to authorized users Chapter 5 Co
259. record button1 PW Rotary P2 Print or record button2 Print or record button3 M Button Print or record button4 M Rotary L Left Left Button Measure R Right Right Button B Flow BodyPattern BodyPattern Ellipse Comment Ellipse Button PushEncoder Button BodyPattern BodyPattern Ellipse Clear Ellipse Rotary PushEncoder Rotary Auto Right Auto Right Button TGC Slide Auto Left Auto Left Button Scan Area Audio Button Spare Button Audio Rotary M D Cursor Zoom Button Freeze Table 4 8 Button and Rotary table UN NOTICE When you can check the name displayed in log as you press or rotate keys the main keyboard assy 4 27 was replaced correctly Chapter 4 Functional Checks GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 7 1 Main Keyboard Assy validation cont d 8 Check the Fast radio button into Indicator box scfpapitest program and press Set button fr ScFpApitest ver 1 0 Figure 4 25 Fast button P NOTICE After pressing Fast radio button indicators should be blanked on the frontpanel 4 28 Section 4 7 Keyboard Function Checks GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL OP Panel Encoder Assy Validation 1 Follow up the procedure 8 4 1 to run the scfpapitest program 2 Check the each Encoder in Table 4 8 on page 26 While rotating or pressing encoders Encoder message should be displayed in Log of Scfpapitest exe OP Panel TGC
260. replace the DC Fan 8 7 5 1 Tools e pillips screwdrivers 8 7 5 2 Needed Manpower 1 persons 20 minutes travel 8 7 5 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4 3 2 on page 3 8 7 5 4 Removal Procedure AN CAUTION An electronic discharge may damage a component Turn OFF power and wear the wrist strap before you remove circuit boards Do not unplug the power cord to keep ground continuity Do not bend or flex the boards when mounting dismounting each boards Surface mount IC boards are very susceptible to damage from flex torque Remove the Right Cover Refer to section 8 5 2 on page 41 Remove the EMI Cover R Refer to section 8 5 14 on page 64 Unscrew the five screws from the Nest EMI Cover Remove the Nest EMI Cover Disconnect one 1 connector 1 Unscrew two 2 screws 2 3 to remove DC Fan Assy 5 Figure 8 97 Removing the Fan Assy Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 99 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Removal Procedure cont d 7 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 47 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Tesi Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction 2300000 Rev 1 Section 8 7 5 Equipment Section
261. request Chapter 7 Diagnostics Troubleshooting 7 9 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 7 6 2 PC Diagnostics Non Interactive Tests 7 6 2 1 CPU Tests 7 6 2 2 Hard Drive Tests 7 6 2 3 Memory Tests 7 6 2 4 CD DVD Drive Test 7 6 2 5 Video Test 7 6 2 6 USB Test 7 6 2 7 PCI Board Configuration Test 7 6 2 8 AGP Video Card Test 7 6 2 9 Network Test 7 10 Section 7 6 Common Diagnostics LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 7 6 3 PC Diagnostics Interactive Tests 7 6 3 1 Keyboard Test 7 6 3 2 Audio Test 7 6 3 3 Monitor Test Chapter 7 Diagnostics Troubleshooting GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 7 7LOGIQ5 Diagnostics When you select a test to run the display changes as shown in Figure 7 8 on page 7 13 1 Instructions Frame Displays either a test specific text or the default instructions 2 Status Frame Initially displays the last known status for a selected diagnostic Once the diagnostic starts the frame displays the current status of all test results The Status Frame also contains the user interface elements used for Diagnostic Control and Operator Feedback 3 Execute Button This switch has two modes each with appropriate text Execute to start the diagnostic Abort to stop a diagnostic 4 Loop Count This is an editable text field
262. ress Save The image is saved to the CD ROM 7 When you have put all the images you want on the CD press F3 to eject the CD ROM Select CD Rewritable CD Rewritable 3 1 2 MO Disk Cancel Figure 8 204 Eject Media Menu 8 Finalize the CD ROM by selecting Yes The CD ROM is ejected from the system Finalize Yes and Verify Files Ha Cancel Figure 8 205 Finalize CD ROM Menu Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 173 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 10 5 5 Image Management Guide cont d Storing Images with More Resolution To store images with more resolution than is available with the JPEG selection select Save As and select AVI as the Save As Type You can save single images as avi files Table 8 58 Higher Resolution Store Options Store as Image Only Store as Secondary Capture Gives you a single image of the video area Gives you a loop of just the image no title DO NOT DO THIS BECAUSE YOU DO bar and scan information NOT KNOW WHICH IMAGE FROM THE LOOP THAT YOU ARE GETTING Gives single image no title bar and Gives you a single image of the video area scan information Export Import Moving Data Between Ultrasound Systems To move exams from one Ultrasound system to another you need to export import exam information NOTE Both database information and images are exported No data is deleted from the local archive when exporting da
263. ress the ON OFF key at the front of the System once Figure 3 14 Power On Off Standby Switch Location 3 5 1 2 Power Up Sequence 1 The Start Up Screen will be shown on the Monitor display when the system is turned ON GE Medical Systems Figure 3 15 Start Up Screen Display 2 After initialization is complete all lighted buttons on the Control Panel light and the default B Mode screen or Patient screen no probes are connected is displayed on the monitor display 3 12 Section 3 2 Installation Reminders GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Power Up Sequence 1 The Start Up Screen will be shown on the Monitor display when the system is turned ON 2 Then Start Loader display will be shown on the Monitor display Then the scanner is booted up automatically To enter the Maintenance Mode select Maintenance button Figure 8 4 displays when Service Dongle inserted in Rear Panel Start Application Maintenance Figure 3 16 Start Application Window Start is selected automatically when it time out Power Off Shutdown After turning off a system wait at least ten seconds before turning it on again The system may not be able to boot if power is recycled too quickly Power Shutdown 1 Press the ON OFF key at the front of the System for about two 2 seconds Refer to Figure 3 14 on page 3 12 2 Switch OFF the Main Circuit Breaker at the rear of the sy
264. robe Related Checks Probe Holder probe holders they may need to be soaked to remove excess gel 2 Probes Thoroughly check the system probe connectors and remove dust from inside the connector sockets if necessary Visually check for bent damaged or missing pins 10 5 7 2 Basic Probe Care The system user manuals and various probe handling cards provide a complete description of probe care maintenance cleaning and disinfection Ensure that you are completely familiar with the proper care of GE probes Ultrasound probes can be easily damaged by improper handling See the User Manual and probe care cards for more details Failure to follow these precautions can result in serious injury and equipment damage Failure to properly handle or maintain a probe may also void its warranty Any evidence of wear indicates the probe cannot be used Do a visual check of the probe pins and system sockets before plugging in a probe TEE and Interoperative probes often have special considerations and individual probe user manuals For TEE and Interoperative probes also refer to their separate user manuals 10 5 7 3 Basic Probe Cleaning Refer to the User s Manual for details on probe cleaning NOTE To help protect yourself from blood borne diseases wear approved disposable gloves These are made of nitrile derived from vegetable starch to prevent allergic latex reactions NOTE Failure to follow the prescribed cleaning or d
265. rocedure 4 3 7 4 3 7 1 4 3 7 2 4 3 7 3 4 3 7 4 4 12 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 3 8 Using Cine 4 3 8 1 Activating CINE Press FREEZE then roll the TRACKBALL to activate CINE To start CINE Loop playback press Run Stop To stop CINE Loop playback press Run Stop 4 3 8 2 Quickly Move to Start End Frame Press FIRST to move to the first CINE frame press LAST to move to the last CINE frame 4 3 8 3 Start Frame End Frame Turn the START FRAME dial to the left to move to the beginning of the CINE Loop Turn the dial to the right to move forward through the CINE Loop Turn the END FRAME dial to the right to move to the end of the CINE Loop Turn the dial to the left to move backward through the CINE Loop 4 3 8 4 Adjusting the CINE Loop Playback Speed Turn the LOOP SPEED dial right left to increase decrease the CINE Loop playback speed 4 3 8 5 Disconnecting B Mode CINE from Timeline CINE To review the B Mode CINE Loop only press CINE MODE SELECTION and select B ONLY To review the Timeline CINE Loop only press CINE MODE SELECTION and select TL ONLY To return to linked B Mode and Timeline CINE Loop review press CINE MODE SELECTION and select B TL 4 3 8 6 Moving through a CINE Loop Frame By Frame Turn FRAME BY FRAME to move through CINE memory one frame at a time 4 3 9 Image Management QG For Image Management functionality refer to the LOGIQ 5 Quick Guide
266. rounded supply conductor and the Grounding protective earth conductor are reversed If later tests indicate high leakage currents this should be suspected as a possible cause and the outlet wiring should be visually inspected 10 12 Section 10 7 Electrical Safety Tests GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 10 8Grounding Continuity AN CAUTION Electric Shock Hazard The patient must not be contacted to the equipment during this test Measure the resistance from the third pin of the attachment plug to the exposed metal parts of the case The ground wire resistance should be less than 0 2 ohms Reference the procedure in the IEC 601 1 1 CONSOLE ACCESSIBLE METAL PARTS GROUND PIN 1 Monitor Housing 2 Rear Panel Connector 3 Any Caster Wheel Support OHMMETER Figure 10 2 Ground Continuity Test 10 8 0 1 Meter Procedure Follow these steps to test the ground wire resistance 1 Turn the LOGIQ 5 unit OFF 2 Plug the unit into the meter and the meter into the tested AC wall outlet 3 Plug the black chassis cable into the meter s CHASSIS connector and attach the black chassis cable clamp to an exposed metal part of the LOGIQ 5 unit 4 Set the meter s FUNCTION switch to the RESISTANCE position Set the meter s POLARITY switch to the OFF center position Measure and record the ground wire resistance Chapter 10 Care amp
267. rt Sector or Pencil Probe After system boot up select the CWD mode Check the system basic functions Refer to Section 4 3 5 System CFM and PWD Checks on page 4 9 6 7 8 9 4 46 Section 4 9 Board Function Checks GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 9 8 Backplane Assy function check procedure 1 Turn on the system and check the completion of Echoloader loading 2 Check the system basic functions Refer to Section 4 3 4 System B M Mode Checks on page 4 7 Refer to Section 4 3 5 System CFM and PWD Checks on page 4 9 4 9 9 SIG Assy function check procedure 1 Turn on the system and check the completion of Echoloader loading 2 Check the system basic functions Refer to Section 4 3 4 System B M Mode Checks on page 4 7 Refer to Section 4 3 5 System CFM and PWD Checks on page 4 9 4 9 10 DC FAN Assy function check procedure 1 After replace DC FAN Assy turn on the system Refer to Section 3 5 1 Power On Boot Up on page 3 11 2 Checkthe FAN rotating with naked eye and check the FAN operating by rotating sound No strange sound should be heard Check the FAN rotating 3 Before close the covers Figure 4 48 Check DC FAN rotating NOTE Do not close the EMI BRKT and right plastic cover before check the FAN operation Chapter 4 Functional Checks 4 47 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 9 11 BEP
268. s Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4 3 2 on page 3 Removal Procedure 1 Remove Filter as illustrated below Refer to Figure 8 87 Figure 8 87 Removing the Air Filters 2 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 42 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown Service Manual Direction 2300000 Rev 1 Section 8 6 7 Equipment Section 4 8 2 7 Air filter set passed all required tests and is ready for use Section 10 5 5 Physical Inspection Mounting procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Section 8 6 Body Block 8 6 7 8 6 7 1 8 6 7 2 8 6 7 3 8 6 7 4 8 6 7 5 8 88 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 8 7 PCB Boards 8 7 1 RLY Assy Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the RLY Assy 8 7 1 1 Tools Common pillips screwdrivers 8 7 1 2 Needed Manpower 1 person 15 minutes travel 8 7 1 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4 3 2 on page 3 8 7 1 4 Removal Procedure CAUTION An electronic discharge may damage component Turn OFF power and wear the wrist strap before you rem
269. s e COMSO Has functions of detector B M mode edge enhance Log compression and dynamic range control e PCIIF Converts JUSC bus in FEC board The local bus is connected to each block It transfers B M mode data to PACO FPGA via the COMSO data bus USCIF Has functions of generation to JUSC bus generation of TGC signal and test signal for self diagnostics COMSO control Chapter 5 Components and Functions 5 11 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL FEC cont d CLK Generator Block Generates 40MHz two phases and 26 6MHz clock using 160MHz master clock Real Time Controller RTCL The TRIG cyclical Real Time Control is done by SH4 RISC processor SH4 is a one of MID BUS agent through SH PCI bridge PCI PCI Bridge It Bridges between Mid bus and host side PCI bus by using i960RP Mid bus is basically compliant to CompactPCI Primary side PCI is connected to Host PC through PClcable and PC2IP which is mounted on PCI slot of PC motherboard Image Data Transferring It receives image data from COMSO and send them to Host side Data are buffered when receiving on COMSO data bus After buffered data are stored and handled on Local side of i960 And DMA function of i960RP perform data transferring to host PC memory Peripheral Control The 5 4 or i960RP also performs other functions like safety observation HV Control and so on Section 5 4 Front End 5 4 6 GE MEDICA
270. s travel 8 4 12 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4 3 2 on page 3 e Keyboard Assy should be removed before proceed For more information refer to KeyBoard Assy on section 8 4 1 on page 15 8 4 12 4 Removal Procedure 1 Pull out five LCD encoder knobs 2 6 and one LCD Brightness Encoder from the front side of the keyboard Refer to Figure 8 45 e Rm Am EI Figure 8 45 Pulling out LCD encoder knobs 2 Turn the Keyboard Assy upside down Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 37 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 12 4 Removal Procedure cont d 3 Unscrew four 4 screws 7 10 to remove the LCD encoder Assy Refer to Figure 8 46 7 Figure 8 46 Unscrew 4 screws from LCD Encoder Circuit Board 4 Disconnect one connector 14 from the HUB Board and Unscrew three 3 screws 11 13 from the LCD Brightness Encoder Assy Refer to Figure 8 47 HUB Board Assy 11 F 1 LCD Brightness Encoder 13 14 Figure 8 47 Removing LCD Encoder Assy 5 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 19 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown 2300000
271. s a Mice and other pointing devices Monitors Multifunction adapters Network adapters Ports COM LPT und Video Video capture driver Sound dummy driver Legacy Audo Lrivers Legacy Video Capture Devices Media Cortrul Devices Figure 8 154 VIC driver check 11 On board sound driver check g Devire Manager action gt 2 a DVD CD ROM drives Sy IDE ATAJATAPI conkrullers GR Keyboards f Mice and other pointing devices Monitors adapters Network adapters D A Ports COM amp LPT f sound video and game controllers Coders GE Medical SuperSonic Diagnostic Device Driver GEMSK MukiMedia Device Legacy Audio Drivers Legacy viden Capture Devires SoundMAX Integrated Digital Audio video 5 E 8I AC97 controller device driver Figure 8 155 On board sound driver check Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 137 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 8 1 10 Check the Device Driver Configuration BT05 BEP3 cont d 12 USB driver check logical Physical Jupiter Human interface Z vevice manager Action view gt E YA Mice and other pointing devices pasa x Multifunction adapters Bj Merk adapters 4 Ports COM Sound video and game controllers E St
272. s so total 4 ASIC are used in ATD assy All of control informations for pulse generation pulse width time delay of each channel are come from FEC in real time via backplane The control FPGA TXIC FPGA provide interfcae between FEC and TPG2 ASICs and control operation condition of ATD assy Main items are FPGA Interface and controller FPGA This FPGA provide the interface with FEC assy that master of scan control TPG2 ASIC A TPG2 ASIC can generate 16 channels logic level transmit pulse signal This ASIC use 2 phase 40MHz clocks for transmit delay control and pulse generation 40Mhz operation clocks are come from FEC assy via backplane Transmit Pulse Driver TPG2 ASIC generated logic level signal for transmit pulse So this signal need to be expanded to high voltage signal Driver circuit make logic level signal to high voltage level signal THV Switch LOGIQ5 system use dual transmit high voltage for transmit driver because B mode and CFM mode use differnet voltage level of transmit pulse So in duplex of trplex mode B CFM or B DOP Low THV and High THV are switched in ATD assy in real time Chapter 5 Components and Functions 5 9 ECLCLK 40MQ ECL CLK 40M Q JUSC Address 5 4 4 5 4 4 1 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 5 4 5 RDS 5 4 5 1 Overview Channel 12 Bits gt o x8 OQCARD Channel 7 MUS gt o Channel8 12 BN BIC 8 OQCA
273. s a description on how to remove and replace the Task Lamp Assy 8 3 6 1 Tools e pillips screwdrivers 8 3 6 2 Needed Manpower person 5 minutes travel 8 3 6 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4 3 2 on page 3 e Monitor Cover Set should be removed before proceed For more information Refer to section 8 3 3 on page 7 8 3 6 4 Removal Procedure 1 Unscrew two 1 2 screws to remove the TaskLamp Cover Refer to Figure 8 15 Figure 8 15 Removing Task Lamp Cover Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 13 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 3 6 4 Removal Procedure cont d 2 Disconnect two 3 4 connectors Refer to Figure 8 16 Figure 8 17 Unscrew two screws 4 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 7 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown Service Manual Direction 2300000 Rev 1 Section 8 3 6 Equipment Section 4 8 2 1 Task Lamp Assy passed all required tests and is ready for use Section 10 5 5 Physical Inspection 8 3 6 5 Mounting procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal 8 14 Section 8 3 Monitor GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 S
274. s on VIC assy 2 5connectors inside BEP 14 pins connector to chassi from VIC 50pin half pitch flat cable connector 50pin flat cable connector to PC2IP card 2 pin connector to motherboard for power control 3 pin connector to motherboard for LED 3 Disconnect 2 connectors outside of BEP Video Signal to Rear Panel VGA to VIC Figure 8 162 Video signal to Rear Panel amp VGA to VIC 4 Disconnect 2 connectors from motherboard Figure 8 163 Disconnect 2 connectors Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 141 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 8 2 5 Mounting procedure 1 Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal 2 Detail procedure of Harness routing about HDD LED cable and PWR cable In case of disconnection HDD cable and PWR cable from Mother Board HDD LED Cable Cable Figure 8 164 PWR Cable amp HDD LED Cable with VIC Assy Case 1 BEP 1 99908 GO 9900000000990 Conn with LED lobe Black color are Figure 8 165 BEP1 8 142 Section 8 8 PC Block GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 8 2 5 Mounting procedure cont d Case 2 BEP 2 olor Figure 8 166 BEP2 Case 3 BEP3 Figure 8 167 BEP3 Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 143 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL olor Block color me wire wire r Conn with PWR la
275. s the Execute button to start Current Stams Started on Tue Aug 26 11 48 38 PDT 2008 Scart the PC2IP FULL LOGIOS diagnostic Completed on Tue Aug 26 11 49 14 PDT 2008 Figure 4 54 PC2IP Diagnostic test 5 Check the system basic functions Refer to Section 4 3 4 System B M Mode Checks on page 4 7 Refer to Section 4 3 5 System CFM and PWD Checks on page 4 9 Chapter 4 Functional Checks 4 53 4 9 14 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL AC Power Assy function check procedure 1 Turn on the system and check the completion of Echoloader loading 2 Check the system basic functions Refer to Section 4 3 4 System B M Mode Checks on page 4 7 Refer to Section 4 3 5 System CFM and PWD Checks on page 4 9 LV Unit function check procedure 1 Turn on the system and check the completion of Echoloader loading 2 Check the system basic functions Refer to Section 4 3 4 System B M Mode Checks on page 4 7 Refer to Section 4 3 5 System CFM and PWD Checks on page 4 9 JPC function check procedure 1 Turn on the system and check the completion of Echoloader loading 2 Check the system basic functions Refer to Section 4 3 4 System B M Mode Checks on page 4 7 Refer to Section 4 3 5 System CFM and PWD Checks on page 4 9 Transformer function check procedure 1 Turn on the system and check the completion of Echoloader loading 2 Check the system basic functions R
276. settings 7 4 1 Check and Record the P4 Key Function Check the function of the Print 4 Key in the event that the customer may have made some custom settings 1 Select Utility from the Touch Panel 2 Select Connectivity from the Utilities Menu 3 Select the Buttons tab on the Connectivity screen 4 Inthe Button field select Print4 The Connectivity Buttons Screen will be displayed like the one shown in Figure 7 2 on page 7 4 Report Measure Admin Imaging Seivice CONNECTIVITY views Toots screens Buttons Buttons Destinations Select destinationts x Add Marne type Destination ve ow E CopyTowrnow 01 Image buffer MyComputer Out image generated Format Dicom dem Cepture Area Image frames compression Video Area f Single Losstess Multiple Whole Screen Secondary Capture Quality 0 Figure 7 2 Buttons Set Up Screen P4 is the factory default Screen Capture Key If it is not set to Whole Screen or Screen Capture as shown in Figure 7 2 proceed to step 5 to record the customer s custom settings 7 4 Section 7 4 Screen Captures GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 7 4 1 Check and Record the P4 Key Function cont d 5 In the Destinations section record the service that is displayed The destinations list displays the foll
277. should be removed first before removing PMP ATD CWDOP RDS Assy 8 96 Section 8 7 PCB Boards GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 7 4 4 Removal Procedure cont d 6 Disconnect one connector 1 if removing the FEC Assy Otherwise skip this step Refer to Figure 8 95 Figure 8 95 Disconnecting Cable 7 Move the upper and lower stopper in the direction indicated by the arrow 1 Refer to Figure 8 96 Figure 8 96 Pulling Out the Board 8 Pull out the board in the direction indicated by the arrow 2 do not bend it Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 97 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Removal Procedure cont d 9 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 46 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown Section 4 9 Board Function Checks Service Manual Direction 2300000 Rev 1 Section 8 7 4 Equipment passed all required tests and is ready for use Mounting Procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Section 8 7 PCB Boards 8 7 4 4 8 7 4 5 8 98 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 7 5 DC Fan Assy Purpose This is a description on how to remove and
278. sient including line frequency synchronous asynchronous or aperiodic transients Section 2 2 General Console Requirements 2 2 2 4 2 2 2 5 2 2 2 6 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 2 2 3 EMI Limitations Ultrasound machines are susceptible to Electromagnetic Interference EMI from radio frequencies magnetic fields and transient in the air wiring They also generate EMI The LOGIQ 5 complies with limits as stated on the EMC label However there is no guarantee that interface will not occur in a particular installation Possible EMI sources should be identified before the unit is installed Electrical and electronic equipment may produce EMI unintentionally as the result of defect These sources include medical lasers Scanners e cauterizing guns computers monitors fans gel warmers microwave ovens light dimmers portable phones The presence of broadcast station or broadcast van may also cause interference See for EMI Prevention tips See Table 2 12 for EMI Prevention tips Table 2 12 EMI Prevention abatement Keep the unit at least 5 meters or 15 feet away from other EMI sources Special shielding Be aware of RF sources may be required to eliminate interference problems caused by high frequency high powered radio or video broadcast signals Ground the unit Poor grounding is the most likely reason a unit will have noisy images Ch
279. stem Refer to Figure 3 13 on page 3 11 3 Disconnect the Main Power Cable is necessary For example Relocating the scanner Disconnecting the Mains Power Cable before switching OFF the Circuit Breaker will activate the uninterruptible power system UPS in the backend processor forcing an ordered shutdown of the system The UPS serves only as a battery backup that allows for a soft shut down of the scanner to prevent file corruption IT DOES NOT REGULATE INCOMING VOLTAGE Chapter 3 Installation 3 13 3 5 1 3 NOTE NOTE NOTE 3 5 2 NOTE 3 5 2 1 A NOTICE A NOTICE GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 3 5 3 Transducer Connection 1 Connect a transducer to one of the three rightmost transducer receptacle as follows A Ensure that the transducer twist lock lever to the horizontal position B Insert the transducer connector on the receptacle guide pin until it touches the receptacle mating surface C Twist the transducer twist lock lever to vertical position to lock it in place Twist the lever to the horizontal position to disconnect the transducer NOTE It is not necessary to turn OFF power to connect or disconnect a transducer 3 14 Section 3 2 Installation Reminders GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 3 6 System Configuration System Specifications System Settings Table 3 1 System Configur
280. step1 to step7 of Section 4 7 1 3 Touch the touchpanel ScFpApiTest Ver 1 0 Figure 4 26 Touchpanel UN NOTICE Incase of touch point is displayed in log of scfpapitest exe while you press the touchpanel LCD assy is connected correctly 4 30 Section 4 7 Keyboard Function Checks GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 7 9 OP Panel LCD Encoder Assy Validation 1 Boot up the system and run the scfpapitest program A NOTICE Follow up the procedure from step 1 to step 7 of Section 4 7 1 to run the scfpapitest program 2 Press and Rotary LCD Encoder 3 Check the log dialog box in scfpapitest program Button or Rotary Name The Name displayed in Log 1 Button PushEncoder 1 of Touchpanel Button Table 4 9 Button and Rotary Table UN NOTICE The Name displayed in log while rotating the rotary button The menu Encoder is working correctly Chapter 4 Functional Checks 4 31 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 7 10 Speaker Assy Validation 1 Boot up the system 2 Insert the Service Dongle and go to the maintenance mode 3 Move to trackball to the bottom of main monitor Fr Figure 4 27 Maintenance display 4 Double click the audio icon at the bottom of the display Open Volume Control E Figure 4 28 Open Volume Control 5 Go and Click the Open Volume Control Yolume Control
281. struction when Performing the HDD with new one Base Software Load Image Application Performing the system revision up Application Reference The below is the support table between Application Software version and Base System Software Load Image part number Table 8 56 Base Software Load Image CD Part Numbers Base Software Load Image Part P N Application Software Version 5134559 x BEP2 5132191 x BEP3 Parts Required Base System Software Load Image CD LOGIQ 5 R4 x x Application Software Blank CD R for patient image backup Service Dongle Patient Image Data will be deleted when all the drives are ghosted Back up them on the CD R or MOD before starting software loading Insert the service dongle into ths service port located at the rear panel before installing the Base System Software Load image TimeRequired Approximately 2 hour Section 8 10 Software Loading Procedure 8 10 1 8 10 2 NOTE NOTE 8 10 3 8 166 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 10 4 Software Loading Steering Guide Installing Base Application Section 8 10 5 1 Check Softwere Version and BEP Type Section 8 10 5 2 Saving Connectivity Section 8 10 5 2 Operator Login Password Backup Section 8 10 5 3 Image Maragement Guide Section 8 11 1 Installing Base Software Load Image CD Section 8 11 1 1 System Checks Section 8 11 2 Installing Application R4 X X Section 8 11 3 Standar
282. t Base Cover 5 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 25 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Tesi Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown Service Manual Direction 2300000 Rev 1 Section 8 5 6 Equipment Section 4 8 2 Cover Parts Function Validation passed alll required tests and is ready for use Section 10 5 5 Physical Inspection 8 5 6 5 Mounting procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal 8 50 Section 8 5 Covers GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 5 7 Front Cover Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Front Cover 8 5 7 1 Tools e pillips screwdrivers 8 5 7 2 Needed Manpower person 20 minutes travel 8 5 7 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4 3 2 on page 3 8 5 7 4 Removal Procedure 1 Remove the Left Cover Refer to section 8 5 1 on page 39 2 Remove the Right Cover Refer to section 8 5 2 on page 41 3 Remove the Front Base Cover Refer to section 8 5 7 on page 51 4 Unscrew four screws 1 4 Refer to Figure 8 56 3 4 are on the right side Figure 8 56 Unscrew 2 screws on the left side 5 Remove the Front Cover 6 Perform the following
283. t Leakage Current Limits Non Conductive Floating Surface and Cavity Probes Normal Open Ground Reverse Polarity Open Neutral Mains Applied Table 10 14 Type CF Applied Part Leakage Current Limits Surgical Probes and ECG Connections NOTE Mains Applied refers to the sink leakage test where mains supply voltage is applied to the part to determine the amount of current that will pass or sink to ground if a patient contacted mains voltage The following tests are performed at the factory and should be performed at the site These tests are grounding continuity chassis leakage current probe leakage current and ECG leakage current All measurements are made with an electrical safety analyzer Chapter 10 Care amp Maintenance 10 11 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 10 7 3 Outlet Test Wiring Arrangement USA amp Canada Test all outlets in the area for proper grounding and wiring arrangement by plugging in the neon outlet tester and noting the combination of lights that are illuminated Any problems found should be reported to the hospital immediately and the receptacle should not be used 8 CORRECT WIRING a OPEN GROUND WIRE ixe e REVERSED POLARITY OPEN NEUTRAL WIRE 050 EUN ad amp GND REVERSED OPEN HOT WIRE Figure 10 1 Typical Outlet Tester NOTE No outlet tester can detect the condition where the Neutral g
284. t in Rear Panel gt Signal Line gt j Transformer Figure 5 23 AC Power Distribution Block Diagram The mains cord has plugs in one side end A male plug connects to the mains outlet on site The mains voltage is routed to the Main Circuit Breaker located on the rear of the system The Main Circuit Breaker is of the auto fuse type if for some reason the current grows to high the switch will automatically break the power From the Main Circuit Breaker the AC power is routed via an Inrush Current Limiter to a internal outlet connector for the Mains Transformer The Transformer is the galvanic barrier between the rest of the scanner and the on site AC Mains Input voltage to the transformer can be either 220 VAC or 110 VAC AC output of transformer is supplied to the ATX PS BEP Power supply located on the BEP chassi directly but to the HV unit and CRT Monitor and LV unit and peripheral outlet via SSR SSR for AC power net are controlled by JPC assy in AC POWER assy and VIC assy in BEP assy Section 5 8 Power Diagrams 5 8 1 5 8 2 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 5 8 3 DC Power Low Voltage DC Power are supplied by LV unit in AC Power assy DC Power of LV unit are power source of all assys in nest and nest fan etc JPC assy in AC power assy is DC power source also DC power of JPC is for on off co
285. t up 15 Check if CD R W is properly installed in the Maintenance Mode Check the CR R W is recognized by the system in the MS windows navigator 16 Press and hold the Power Button for 20 sec to execute manual system shut down 17 Enter BIOS Set up mode again 18 Reset the Diskette Controller to Disable in the Advanced Menu screen 19 Press F10 SAVE AND EXIT to save the BIOS set up 20 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 49 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown SMPS HDD ODD Assy function check Service Manual Section 4 9 13 procedure 2300000 Rev 1 Section 8 8 3 Equipment passed all required tests and is ready for use Section 4 3 4 System B M Mode Checks Section 4 3 5 System CFM and PWD Checks 8 8 3 5 Mounting Procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 147 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 8 3 6 Hard disk copy procedure This section show the patient data duplication procedure for hard disk replacement The purpose od this procedure is to copy the patient data in the used hard diks into the newly installed BEP or hard disk assy AN CAUTION If the new hard disk have the patient data th
286. ta Exporting Data To export an exam s to a compatible Ultrasound system 1 Format the removable media MOD or CD ROM Label the removable media Answer Yes OK to the messages Press Patient Deselect any selected patient s in the search portion of the Patient screen Press Exam Data Transfer located at the upper left hand corner of the Patient menu Figure 8 206 Exam Data Transfer 2 Select Export task Button Figure 8 207 Task button 8 174 Section 8 10 Software Loading Procedure GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 10 5 5 Image Management Guide cont d 3 The From combo box is not active It displays Local Archive The To combo box is active Select the type of removable media MOD or CD Rom Then please wait until the patient list is visible No Archive Figure 8 208 To Combo Box 4 In the patient list at the top of the Patient menu select the patient s you want to export You can use Windows commands to select more than one patient To select a consecutive list of patients click the cursor on the first name move the cursor to the last name then press and hold down the Shift right Set key to select all the names To select a non consecutive list of patients click the cursor at the first name move the cursor to the next name then press and hold down the Ctrl right Set key move the cursor to the next name then press and hold down the Ctrl right Set key ag
287. tdown Section 4 9 8 Backplane Assy function check procedure Service Manual Direction 2300000 Rev 1 Section 8 7 3 Equipment passed all required tests and is ready for use Functional Checks See Also Chapter 4 8 7 3 5 Mounting Procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 95 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 7 4 PCB Boards Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the PCB Boards PMP Assy SIG Assy FEC Assy RDS Assy CWDOP Assy ATD Assy HV Assy and VIC Card 8 7 4 1 Tools e Common pillips screwdrivers Allen Unbraco wrench 8 7 4 2 Needed Manpower 1 persons 20 minutes travel 8 7 4 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4 3 2 on page 3 8 7 4 4 Removal Procedure AN CAUTION An electronic discharge may damage a component Turn OFF power and wear the wrist strap before you remove circuit boards Do not unplug the power cord to keep ground continuity Do not bend or flex the boards when mounting dismounting each boards Surface mount IC boards are very susceptible to damage from flex torque 1 Remove the Right Cover Refer to section 8 5 2 on page 41 2 Remove the EMI Cover R Refer to section 8 5 14 on page 64 3 Unscrew the five screws from the Nest EMI Cover 4 Remove the Nest EMI Cover 5 SIG Assy
288. te_Browser Error Logs brace Quality C lbration Corti guration 29 2 28 8 MVL 30 8 28 8 14 6 15 0 15 0 15 0 4 9 5 0 3 0 3 3 5 9 6 0 6 4 6 0 5 9 6 0 Figure 4 46 FECII Diagnostic test 6 Check the system basic functions Refer to Section 4 3 4 System B M Mode Checks on page 4 7 Refer to Section 4 3 5 System CFM and PWD Checks on page 4 9 Chapter 4 Functional Checks 4 45 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 9 7 CWDOP Assy function check procedure 1 Turn on the system and check the completion of Echoloader loading 2 Do the Service Login Refer to the Section 5 10 2 2 Service Login on page 5 33 3 Select Diagnostics gt LOGIQ 5 Diagnostics gt FRU Test gt CWDOP Full Test 4 Execute the diagnostic test 5 All diagnostic test item of CWDOP should be passed Error Loge xag s Quality Calibration Configuration J 4 4 Started on Sat Aug 30 07 44 33 PDT 2008 Start the CVDOP FULL LOGIQS diagnostic CWD P ASSY REV T CHECK Rev Board CWDOP PMX IF PASS CWDUP IP PASS JUSC Interface test from to CWDOP CWDOP CWDUP DATABUS IF PASS Full Test Assy Rev Test Completed on Sat Aug 30 07 46 10 PDT 2000 PMX IF Test 5 JUSC IF Test DATA BUS IF Test Figure 4 47 CWDOP Diagnostic test Reboot up the system Connect Probe in Probe po
289. tenance also after corrective maintenance also after corrective maintenance also after corrective maintenance also after corrective maintenance Per Facilities QA Program Quarterly Monthly GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 Table 10 2 Customer Care Schedule Daily Service at Indicated Time Clean Probes Clean Probe Holders Clean Air Filter Inspect AC Mains Cable Inspect Cables and Connectors Clean Console Clean Monitor and Touch Panel Inspect Wheels Casters brakes and Swivel Locks Check Control Panel Movement Console Leakage Current Checks Peripheral Leakage Current Checks Surface Probe Leakage Current Checks Endocavity Probe Leakage Current Checks Transesphongeal Probe Leakage Current Checks Surgical Probe Leakage Current Checks Measurement Accuracy Checks Probe Phantom Checks Functional Checks Chapter 10 Care amp Maintenance GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 10 4 Tools Required 10 4 1 Special Tools Supplies and Equipment 10 4 1 1 Specific Requirements for Care amp Maintenance Table 10 3 Overview of Requirements for Care amp Maintenance Tool Part Number Comments Digital Volt Meter DVM 46 194427 231 Kit includes anti static mat wrist strap and cables for 200 to 240 46 194427P279 V system Anti
290. tents LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 Electrical Requirements EMI Limitations or ono x voted Scan Probe Environmental Requirements Facility Needs ov bee xe b mde alert AY Purchaser Responsibilities Required Features Desirable Recommended and Alternate Ultrasound Room Layout CHAPTER 3 VEN VICW iol A Tr raus reu E utes Purpose of Chapter 3 Installation Average Installation Time naaa Installation Warnings 2 2203 2 pb ose Moving into Position Adjusting System Clock Product Locator Installation Card Preparing for Installation Verify Customer Order Physical Inspection EMI 010 00 x Xp xe cR ete d qe d RR Sede Completing the Installation POWOf OlmBOOU DD eie eo ume bL RES Power Off Shutdown Transducer Connection System Specifications Electrical Specifications On Board Optional Peripherals
291. th the connector of the console Add the saline probe and the imaging area of the probe into the saline bath Have unit power ON for the first part turn it OFF for the second half Depress the ISO TEST rocker switch and record the highest current reading Follow the test conditions described in Table 10 21 for every transducer 0 Keep a record of the results with other hand copies of PM data 10 20 Section 10 8 Grounding Continuity GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 10 8 5 4 Data Sheet for Transducer Source Leakage Current The test passes when all readings measure less than the values shown in Table 10 13 and Table 10 14 Record all data on the PM Inspection Certificate CAUTION Equipment damage possibility Never switch the Polarity and the status of Neutral when the unit A is powered ON Be sure to turn the unit power OFF before switching them using the POLARITY switch and or the NEUTRAL switch Otherwise the unit may be damaged Table 10 21 Typical Data Sheet For Transducer Source Leakage Current Transducer Tested Tester Power Polarity Tester GROUND or Switch NEUTRAL Switch Measurement ww ww 1 1 o f 2 ow 0 ow ww ww mw s ow ow 9 0 Chapter 10 Care amp Maintenance 10 21 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL
292. the new settings will take effect Do you want to restart your computer now Figure 8 224 System Setting Change NOTE If the window above is not displayed go to next step 2 Drive Letter Checks a Double click on My Computer b First check to see if you need to change the drive letters on the CDROM drive and the Magneto Optical drives they SHOULD be and respectively If they are go to next step 3 Driver Checks My Computer File Edit view Favorites Tools He Back A Search Address my computer 00000000 system C Local Disk 3555 D Local Disk SS ARCHIVE E Local Disk ES9SWAP F Local Disk iS Compact Disc G Compact Disc Removable Disk H Removable Disk Control Panel System Folder 7 object s Figure 8 225 My Computer 8 184 Section 8 11 Installing Base Software Load Image GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 11 1 1 System Checks cont d c Right Click on the My Computer icon on the Windows desktop Select Manage you should see a screen like below Then left click on the driver assigned currently to G right click on Change Drive Letter and Path NOTE In case of 5 left click on the Start button then go to Settings gt Contro Panel Administrative Tools Computer Management 48 Accessibility Options Add Hardware
293. the assemblies are the same except the circuit breaker s current ratings depending on voltage of the system power source See Safety described below 5 28 Section 5 8 Power Diagrams GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 5 8 4 2 Safety e Circuit Breaker Table 5 15 Circuit Breaker Specification Power Voltage Rating Peripheral Current Assembly Rating A Trip Time Reset Time 50 1 hour max 9 5 4A 25 60 seconds degreeC 0 1 hour max 3 5A 25 Electrical Isolation The rear panel s Insite modem interface is electrically isolated from the system s internal circuit The isolator s dielectric strength should be 500VAC RMS or higher within 1 minute in compliance with IEC60601 1 1 5 8 4 3 Camera Printer Remote Control Interface The Rear panel has two remote control interface terminals for B W and color printers Table 5 16 Camera Printer Remote Control Interface Specifications B W camera printer control H 2 0 L 1 0 Chapter 5 Components and Functions 5 29 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 5 9 Air Flow 5 9 1 Air Flow Distribution Figure 5 25 Air Flow Inside the Scanner The four air flow passes allow the scanner to be cooled down as shown in the figure above Pass A Bottom right gt BEP Assy gt Rear upper left for Assy cooling Pass B Front lower left gt Filter gt LV
294. the package on the x axis and incident count on the y axis Plot Page Allows for the color coded plot of all Page contents with the package on the x axis and incident count on the y axis 5 10 4 3 Search On the Text Search sub menu of the Search category users enter case sensitive text they wish to find This filter field works well for filtering the Sys log file for the word fail 1065 5 9 FILTER Enter Search String C Figure 5 31 Search Sub Menu Chapter 5 Components and Functions 5 37 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 5 10 4 4 Exit The sub menu Exit Log Viewer returns the user to the Service Desktop home page Figure 5 32 Exit Log Sub Menu 5 38 Section 5 10 Service Platform GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 5 10 5 Diagnostics Detailed Diagnostic information is found in 7 Diagnostics Troubleshooting Figure 5 33 User Diagnostic Page 5 10 5 1 Diagnostics Execution Diagnostic tests are executable by both local and remote users The Service Platform provides top level diagnostic selection based on the user s level and login access permissions Remote access will require disruptive diagnostic permissions to run Acquisition diagnostics 5 10 5 2 Diagnostic Reports Diagnostic tests return a report to the Service Platform The platform retains the report an
295. thout a defined Neutral The dedicated line shall consist of one phase two lines not shared with any other circuit and a full size ground wire from the distribution panel to the Ultrasound outlet Please note that image artifacts can occur if at any time within the facility the ground from the main facility s incoming power source to the Ultrasound unit is only a conduit Dedicated single branch power outlet of adequate amperage meeting all local and national codes which is located less than 2 5 m 8 ft from the unit s proposed location Door opening is at least 76 cm 30 in wide e Proposed location for unit is at least 0 3 m 1 ft from the wall for cooling Power outlet and place for any external peripheral are within 2 m 6 5 ft of each other with peripheral within 1 m of the unit to connect cables Chapter 2 Pre Installation 2 7 2 3 1 NOTE 2 3 2 NOTE GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL NOTE The LOGIQ 5 has four outlets inside the unit One is for the monitor and three for on board peripherals Power outlets for other medical equipment and gel warmer Power outlets for test equipment and modem within 1 m 3 2 ft of unit e Clean and protected space to store transducers in their cases or on a rack e Material to safely clean probes done with a plastic container never metal 2 3 3 Desirable Features Door is atleast 92 cm 3 ft wide e Circuit
296. ting the Mains Power Cable before switching OFF the Circuit Breaker will activate the uninterruptible power system UPS in the Back End Processor forcing an ordered shutdown of the system 4 3 3 System Features 4 3 3 1 Control Panel 1 17 9 3 s fepe fe e 9 SPP EEE IE 5 16 8 E 4 2 9 T5 7 10 5 C 4 gt 12 3 6 1 13 Figure 4 4 Control Panel Tour Touch Panel and Controls Additional Touch Panel and Controls Touch Panel Brightness Control Video Audio On Off and Volume TGC Reverse Patient Button Alphanumeric Keyboard 6 4 5 3 gt 4 4 Section 4 3 General Procedure GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 3 3 1 Control Panel cont d 0 Mode Gain Keys 11 lmaging Measurement Keys 2 Depth 13 Imaging Feature Keys 14 Freeze and Print Keys 15 Probe and Cord Holder 16 Gel Holder 17 Power Button 4 3 3 2 Power On Off SwitchTouch Panel 6 7 GELLEL e Ex 4 d Edge Enhance a o cs y Line cate 5 Frame puse casn eee Focus Pos Num Power Output Dynamic Range Figure 4 5 Touch Panel Display Tour Patient Enter Patient screen Scan Enter scanning mode screen R
297. tion 4 3 2 on page 3 Removal Procedure 1 Turn OFF the system 2 Unscrew two 1 2 screws from the bottom of the keyboard Refer to Figure 8 26 Figure 8 26 Removing ECG Cable Hook Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 21 8 4 4 8 4 4 1 8 4 4 2 8 4 4 3 8 4 4 4 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Removal Procedure cont d 3 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 11 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown Service Manual Direction 2300000 Rev 1 Section 8 4 4 Equipment Section 4 8 2 Cover Parts Function Validation passed all required tests and is ready for use Section 10 5 5 Physical Inspection Mounting procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Section 8 4 Keyboard Block 8 4 4 4 8 4 4 5 8 22 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 5 OP Panel Encoder Assy Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace OP Panel Encoder Assy 8 4 5 1 5 pillips screwdrivers Longnose 8 4 5 2 Needed Manpower e lpersons 5 minutes travel 8 4 5 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4
298. tion check procedure 1 Turn on the system and check the completion of Echoloader loading 2 Select Utility Key on the Key board and then choose Test Pattern and Resolution marked in Figure 4 19 3 All the Numbers from 0 to 100 on the Monitor Test pattern screen above should be easily distinguished Chapter 4 Functional Checks 4 23 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 6 4 Rear panel Assy function check procedure 1 Turn on the system and check the completion of Echoloader loading 2 Refer to See Peripheral Checks on page 4 22 3 Refer to Section 5 7 2 Peripherals and Cable connection on page 5 19 Figure 4 20 Rear Panel 4 24 Section 4 6 Monitor Function Checks GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 4 7Keyboard Function Checks 4 7 1 Main Keyboard Assy validation 1 Boot up the system 2 Insert the Service Dongle and go to the maintenance mode 3 Click Start and go to 5 Lj E Figure 4 21 start and run 4 Click the Run and then you can get the dialog box 5 Write the command into dialog box and press button to display command prompt Figure 4 23 command prompt Chapter 4 Functional Checks 4 25 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Main Keyboard Assy validation cont d 6
299. to the Mid Processor section e RLY Relay RLY Assy contains connectors for probe interface and arrays of relays for switchable connection High voltage multiplexer provide connection between 128 signal of probe and selectable 64 channels transmit receive signal LMT Limiter This has transmit receiving switch to isolate rx signal circuit from transmit pulse PMP Preamplifier The preamplifier amplifies 64 echo signals The amplified receiving signals are sent to RDS Advanced Transmit Driver This has 64 channel Transmit pulse generator bipolar pulse drivers delay controller e RDS Receiving Delay Summing Cascading two receiving beam formers two RDSs allows the system to achieve 64ch delay summing e FEC Front End Control FEC control scan operation and transfer the scan parameters to others board ATD RDS RLY PMP Proper signal processing for tissue and dop are done in FEC HV High Voltage Generates THV and SHV for transmit pulse driver and High voltage mux SIG Signal Receiving echo signal from PMP is transfer to RDS through this SIG Chapter 5 Components and Functions 5 5 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 5 4 1 RLY DCWD Probe I F SHV 128 trol 6 Probe ID Con ontrol Circuit FPGA Figure 5 5 RLY Block Diagram Temperature Sensor RLY ASSY contains of 3 phased array probe connectors
300. ts 9 14 PREA 6 9 Preliminary Checks 10 5 Probe Transducer Connection 3 8 Probe Connector Cleaning 10 9 Probe Holder 9 9 Probe Leakage Current Test 10 20 Probe Maintenance 10 9 Probe Connectors Usage 4 15 Probes 9 17 Product Icons 1 5 PROMP 6 10 Index GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 H Handle 8 10 Hazard Icons 1 4 HDD and Battery 9 12 Human Safety 1 7 HV Power 5 14 HV Unit Assy 8 48 iLing 5 16 Image Management 4 15 Input Power 10 7 Installation of Option Software 8 81 Installation of Software 8 71 Interconnect Cabling 5 8 J Jumper and Dip Switch Setting 6 9 L Label Locations 1 9 Leakage Current Limits 10 11 Loading Presets 4 11 Lockout Tagout Requirements 4 14 Low Voltage 5 13 LV Unit 8 52 M MDBRG 6 11 MDCON Board 8 46 Mechanical Safety 1 7 Mid Processors 5 5 MOD Drive 4 7 Monitor 8 18 9 4 Monitor Cover 8 16 Monitor Shelf Assy 8 22 Monitor Shelf Cover 8 12 A 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 INDEX U Ultrasound Room Layout 2 8 Unpacking the Equipment 3 3 V Video Specifications 3 15 W Weight 3 8 When There s Too Much Leakage Current 10 23 Index R REAR CONN Assy 8 45 Rear Cover 8 4 Rear Panel 5 7 Rear Panel Connector 3 17 Recording Devices 3 11 9 8 Required Features 2 7 Requirements for Periodic Maintenance 10 4 Restarting Syst
301. ture A Storage Device Hard Disk Drive CD R W Drive Optional MO Drive Section 5 5 Backend Processor 5 5 1 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 5 5 2 VIC Card 50 Connector To Rear Panel for remote control of VCR To Patient IO module in BEP Box To Rear Panel for EEPROM I F 2 ports of rs232 Patient IO Interface BUS Signal LV Power on off sig To Console Monitor External VGA Port in Rear Panle BW Image Printer Color Image Printer VGA Signal R G B Sync VGA to TV VGA to TV Converter 1 Shutter S VHS Composite Video from Rear panel for Decoder VCR Playback S VHS Composite For VCR Recording Shutter Sig for BW CL Printer Live DC 5V power from JPC in AC Power Assy amp PCI I F Power On Off signal PCI Slot In from Keyboard assy BEP Assy Connect to power on off pin on motherboard Figure 5 13 VIC Card VIC Card perform video conversion operations and Power on off control e Video Decoder Video decoder convert S VHS or composite video analog signal to digital RGB data and send the RGB digital data into BEP main memory on motherboard through PCI bus And then this video digital data is displayd on console monitor Video analog signal comes from rear panel This video decoder also have bus interface logic e VGA to TV Convertor This device convert the VGA display signal to TV display signal for B W pr
302. uding ultrasound probe connectors A WARNING Take the following precautions with the probe cables Keep free from the wheels Do not bend Do not cross cables between probes 4 34 Section 4 8 Mechanical Function Checks GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 8 2 Cover Parts Function Validation Table 4 11 Cover parts of the FRU SS O Function Check Validation Category Check if the FRU parts are assembled tightly by naked eye and hands Check if there are dents scratches or cracks on the FRU parts Check if screws are in place Chapter 4 Functional Checks 4 35 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 8 2 1 Task Lamp Assy Check if task lamp is operated Figure 4 33 Task Lamp Assy 4 8 2 2 Keyboard Front Grip e Check if the keyboard front grip is fastened so that it won t move e Check if the keyboard front grip can not be removed easily Figure 4 34 Keyboard Front Grip 4 8 2 3 Probe holder e Check if the probe holder is fastened so that it won t move e Check if the probe holder can be removed easily Figure 4 35 Probe holder 4 36 Section 4 8 Mechanical Function Checks GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 8 2 4 Gas Spring Assy Check if the up and down mechanism operates rightly Figure 4 36 Gas Sprin
303. ued PURPOSE MEANING CAUTION Dangerous voltage the lightning flash with arrowhead in equilateral triangle is used to indicate electric shock hazards Mains OFF Indicates the power off position of the mains power switch OFF Standby Indicates the power off standby position of the power switch CAUTION This Power Switch DOES NOT ISOLATE Mains Supply Mains ON Indicates the power on position of the mains power switch ON Indicates the power on position of the power switch CAUTION This Power Switch DOES NOT ISOLATE Mains Supply Protective Earth Indicates the protective earth grounding terminal Equipotentiality Indicates the terminal to be used for connecting equipotential conductors when interconnecting grounding with other equipment Section 1 2 Important Conventions GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 Table 1 5 LABEL SYMBOL 0 0 1 6 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 1 3 Safety Considerations 1 3 1 Introduction The following safety precautions must be observed during all phases of operation service and repair of this equipment Failure to comply with these precautions or with specific warnings elsewhere in this manual violates safety standards of design manufacture and intended use of the equipment 1 3 2 Human Safety Operating personnel must not remove the system covers Serv
304. under test must not be contacted by users or patients while performing these tests AN CAUTION Possible risk of infection Do not handle soiled or contaminated probes and other components that have been in patient contact Follow appropriate cleaning and disinfecting procedures before handling the equipment Test the system peripherals and probes for leakage current Excessive leakage current can cause injury or death in sensitive patients High leakage current can also indicate degradation of insulation and a potential for electrical failure Do not use probes or equipment having excessive leakage current To minimize the risk that a probe may shock someone the customer should e Not use a probe that is cracked or damaged in any way e Check probe leakage current Based on your facilities QA program for surface probes Based on your facilities QA program for endocavitary probes whenever probe damage is suspected 10 10 Section 10 6 Using a Phantom GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 10 7 2 GEMS Leakage Current Limits The following limits are summarized for NFPA 99 For USA and IEC 60601 1 Medical Equipment Safety Standards These limits are GEMS standards and in some cases are lower than the above standards listed Table 10 12 Chassis Leakage Current Limits Accessible Metal Surfaces Normal Condition Open Ground Reverse Polarity Open Neutral Table 10 13 Type BF Applied Par
305. vice 5 Check The USB Device Driver Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 123 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 8 1 8 Check the Device Driver Configuration BEP2 cont d 6 L5 Keyboard Communicates with Jupiter Human Interface by USB Protocol 5 E Universal Serial Bus controllers Ge Generic USB Hub Intel R 82801DB DBM USB Universal Host Controller 24C2 Ge Intel R 8B2801DB DBM USB Universal Host Controller 24C4 Intel R 82801DB DBM USB Universal Host Controller 24C7 USB Mass Storage Device USB Root Hub USB Root Hub 6 USB Root Hub Figure 8 130 Jupiter Human Interface Driver 7 Check The Network Device Driver 8 124 Section 8 8 PC Block LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 125 Check the Device Driver Configuration BEP3 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 8 8 1 9 After System boot up confirm the installed device information Double click Go Device Manager Icon Device Manger Se ogendos Run Wintec App Mode Figure 8 131 Device Manager 1 Disk driver check S Device Manager i Action View 12 HDD Driver H T Mice and other pointing devices xy m Network adapters Ports COM amp LPT lt Sound video and game controllers H E Storage volumes 9 Universal Serial Bus controllers Display adapters m DVD CD ROM drives
306. vice Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown Service Manual Direction 2300000 Rev 1 Section 8 5 11 Equipment Section 4 8 2 Cover Parts Function Validation passed all required tests and is ready for use Section 10 5 5 Physical Inspection 8 5 11 5 Mounting procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures 8 59 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 2 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 5 12 OP Curtain Cover Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the OP Curtain Cover 8 5 12 1 Tools e Common pillips screwdrivers Allen Unbraco wrench 8 5 12 2 Needed Manpower e 1 person 25 minutes travel 8 5 12 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4 3 2 on page 3 8 5 12 4 Removal Procedure 1 Remove the Left Cover Refer to section 8 5 1 on page 39 Remove the Right Cover Refer to section 8 5 2 on page 41 3 Remove the Front Base Cover Refer to 1 section 8 5 6 on page 49 4 Remove the Front Cover Refer to section 8 5 7 on page 51 5 Remove the OP Side L Cover Refer to section 8 5 8 on page 52 6 Remove the OP Side R Cover Refer to section 8 5 9 on page 54 7 Remove the OP Bottom Cover Refer to section 8 5 11 on page 58 8 Unscrew six screws from the OP Curta
307. ystem Generally speaking do not change the controls once they have been set the display becomes the reference for the hard copy device s NOTE After readjusting the monitor s Contrast and Brightness readjust all preset and peripheral settings 6 8 Section 6 3 Power Supply Adjustment GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ 5 SERVICE MANUAL 6 5 2 LCD Adjustment 6 5 2 1 Tools e Common pillips screwdrivers Allen Unbraco wrench e Long nose gripper 6 5 2 2 Needed Manpower e 1 person 15 minutes travel 6 5 2 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4 3 2 on page 3 e Remove the Keyboard Assy from the System For more information refer to the Chapter 8 Replacement Procedure 6 5 2 4 Removal Procedure AN CAUTION Do not wear the ESD wrist strap when you remove a part of power supply unit Turn OFF power and unplug the power cord before removing a part of power supply unit However be sure to turn off power and wear the strap before you remove a circuit boards 1 Remove the OP side R Cover to access Refer to section 8 5 9 on page 54 2 Access to the OSD Menu display button located at backside of the LCD Increase Move Right Power On Off Decrease i Move Left OSD Menu Display Menu Selection Figure 6 10 OSD Control Chapter 6 Service Adjustment 6 9 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300000 REVISION 1 LOGIQ

chapter 2

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents